JuicyAppleNews

  • Juicy Apple News
  • MAC
  • How to
  • iPad
  • IOS
  • iOS Games
  • Contact Us

How to hide an app on iPhone and close it from iOS search

09/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

The very ideology of iOS provides for quick access to the installed application. For this, it is placed on one of the desktops. But users do not always need this – sometimes the label is too intrusive or it is generally undesirable to show it to strangers.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to open hidden currency converter, physical quantities and calculator on iPhone and iPad.

But on Android, you can hide the application in quite regular ways, on iOS, the programs will still be displayed where they should be – on the desktop. To make the icon disappear from there, you need to delete the application itself. Is the situation really that hopeless?

In fact, there is an option to hide pre-installed apps like Safari. Third-party programs can be slightly masked so that they are not so easy to detect.

♥ BY TOPIC: Secret chat (correspondence) in Viber on iPhone: how to enable, hide and configure?

How to hide the stock app in iOS and iPadOS?

If you are dealing with official pre-installed applications, then they can be hidden from the screen without deleting them. Unexpectedly, this function will help “Screen Time”.

Open the app Settings and go to section “Screen Time”.

How to hide the stock app in iOS and iPadOS?

On the menu “Content and Privacy” turn on the switch.

How to hide the stock app in iOS and iPadOS?

How to hide the stock app in iOS and iPadOS?

After that, you will have access to additional settings. We are interested in “Allowed Apps”.

Here you can deactivate all applications you do not need. In this case, they will disappear from the desktop and will not appear there.

♥ BY TOPIC: “Calculator” on the iPhone: the hidden features of the standard iOS application.

How to hide third party app and close it for search on iPhone or iPad?

The easiest way to hide a third party app is to put it in a folder.

Folders in iOS

Although this method does not seem reliable, most often it is the method that users turn to. To create a folder, simply drag and drop one application onto another. You can group the maximum number of programs and hide the desired one among them. The name for this collection is better to give some neutral – “work”, “utilities”, “other” or something similar.

In our example below, we hid the WhatsApp messenger in a folder, removed it from iOS search, and disabled its notifications.

How to hide third party app on iPhone or iPad?

Notifications from this application will also need to be turned off so that it does not inadvertently signal its existence. What’s the point of hiding the messenger in a folder if the program will signal new messages? You will have to go to the settings and pay attention to the section “Notifications”.

How to hide third party app on iPhone or iPad?

How to hide third party app on iPhone or iPad?

You will also need to hide the app from search and Siri suggestions. To do this, in the settings in the section “Siri and Search” scroll down until you see your application.

How to hide third party app on iPhone or iPad?

Click on it and disable all available options: “Analysis of this application”, “From Application”, “App suggestion”, “App in search” and “Isp. with Ask Siri”.

How to hide an app on iPhone and close it from search

If in the settings “Siri and Search” you don’t see your app, it means it was already disabled earlier in “Screen Time”.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to block all calls from unknown and hidden numbers on iPhone: 2 ways.

How to hide an app from download history?

Apple remembers everything you download from the app store. And even after removing the program from the device, the mention of this application will remain in the download history. So anyone with access to your device can find out which apps you have downloaded and installed in the past. But deleting this information is very easy.

Open the App Store app, click on your profile icon in the top right corner and go to “Purchases”.

How to Hide App Store Purchases on iPhone or iPad

Entries you want to delete can simply be swiped left and confirmed with a keystroke “Hide” (detail).

How to Hide App Store Purchases on iPhone or iPad

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, close, hide, iOS, iPhone, search

GaN charger for iPhone, iPad and Mac: top 5 models

09/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

More and more smartphone manufacturers are no longer putting chargers in the boxes with their gadgets. Apple became a pioneer in this matter, refusing to charge and headphones included with the iPhone, motivating this by concern for the environment. And then Samsung and Xiaomi followed the same steps. There is nothing left for us now, except to simply put up with it and buy the missing charging blocks on our own.

And here AliExpress comes to the rescue, where you can find high-quality and optimal price / quality power supplies from third-party manufacturers, which are not inferior to the original ones in terms of functionality, and somewhere even better, but at the same time they are much cheaper. We have compiled a selection of 5 such proven chargers that will be useful to everyone, because a good charge at home is never superfluous.

♥ BY TOPIC: 7 iPhone and iPad accessories you need to have in every car.

What are GaN chargers?

Recently, GaN technology has become widespread in the field of chargers. Its main feature is that it is based on gallium nitride and power adapters made using this technology are significantly smaller and at the same time much more powerful than their predecessors, which are based on silicon.

What are GaN chargers?

GaN chargers are less susceptible to heat, able to withstand noticeably higher temperatures, deliver solid power, and are also modest in size. Today it is the most modern development in the world of chargers, so all the accessories from our selection are made using it.

Also, all adapters support USB Power Delivery, Quick Charge and many other fast charging standards, so you can quickly charge gadgets of any brand with them. In addition, we note that the declared power in all charges is provided by the USB-C port and in order to provide real fast charging of Apple devices, which we talked about in detail here, you need a compatible USB-C to Lightning cable. We recommend paying attention to such a cable from Baseus and one from Ugreen.

USB-C / Lightning cable for iPhone fast charging

All chargers have certificates confirming that they are protected from overheating and overvoltage, you should not worry about it.

♥ BY TOPIC: 10 best Apple Watch bands and accessories from AliExpress.

Detailed video about fast charging iPhone and iPad:

Anker Nano II 45W

Anker Nano II 45W

Let’s start with the charger from Anker. Nano II 45 W, with its small size, comparable to standard versions of 15-20 W adapters, produces an output power of 45 W.

Anker Nano II 45W

It is ideal for charging smartphones and tablets, but at the same time it can even charge a MacBook Pro in two hours. To charge an iPhone (iPhone 8 and newer) by more than 50%, an adapter from a reputable Chinese manufacturer takes only half an hour. A worthy alternative to branded chargers from Apple.

Buy Anker Nano II 45W charger

Let’s move on to several adapters from Baseus, which is very popular among users on the Russian market of equipment and accessories, and has also established itself as a manufacturer of gadgets that are excellent in terms of price / quality ratio.

♥ BY TOPIC: Gadgets from Baseus: 10 useful gadgets for iPhone, Android and Mac users.

Baseus 45W GaN Charger

Baseus 45W GaN Charger

Let’s focus on 45W GaN charging with two ports to choose from: USB-C and USB-A, as well as USB-C and USB-C. When ordering, you can choose the version of the power supply that you need. Both USB-C and USB-A outputs can deliver 45W of power. If at the same time both ports work simultaneously, then the ratio is divided by 30 + 18 watts. In the variant with two USB-C connectors in shared mode, the total power is distributed as follows: 30W + 18W or 18W + 30W.

5 best fast GaN chargers from AliExpress for iPhone, iPad and Mac

For its power, the adapter is very compact, convenient to take with you. This is important if you often work from home. If you need a decent accessory to charge your laptop and smartphone every day, then this 45W power supply will be the right choice.

Buy Baseus 45W GaN Charger

♥ BY TOPIC: 10 useful car gadgets from Xiaomi 70mai.

Baseus 65W GaN Pro Charger

Baseus 65W GaN Charger

The older brother of the previous power supply. The bestseller among battery chargers from Baseus. The power of this charger is already 65 W, while there are three ports, two of which are USB-C and one classic USB-A. When using one of the USB-C connectors, we get a full 65 watts of output, which is great for charging a MacBook Air, for example.

5 best fast GaN chargers from AliExpress for iPhone, iPad and Mac

If you use two USB-C ports at the same time, then the total power will already be 63 watts: one will have 45 watts, and the second 18, which is also enough to quickly charge the iPhone and some not too voracious laptop.

When ordering, you can choose the version in which the USB-C to USB-C cable is immediately included, this is convenient.

Buy Baseus 65W GaN Charger

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 useful products for tourism, camping, fishing and other outdoor activities from AliExpress.

Ugreen GaN 65W PD Fast Charger

Ugreen GaN 65W PD Fast Charger

Charger from another popular Chinese company Ugreen. Charging from this brand has the same power of 65 W as the adapter from Baseus, but there are already 4 ports here.

Ugreen GaN 65W PD Fast Charger

Two USB-C ports with up to 65W for charging laptops, another USB-C with up to 18W for connecting smartphones, and USB-A with 22.5W, which is more than enough to charge another necessary accessory, such as headphones.

In our opinion, this is the best option both for one main charger for the home, and for trips and travels. We took one such power supply and it will be enough to charge the devices of all family members. Just remember to get the appropriate supply of cables.

Buy Ugreen GaN 65W PD Fast Charger

♥ BY TOPIC: How to make a smart home with your own hands: 20 useful devices from AliExpress.

Baseus GaN 120W Charger

Baseus GaN 120W Charger

The top GaN charger in terms of power output from Baseus is also in our selection. Significantly larger than previous chargers, the 3-port adapter (two USB-C and one USB-A) is capable of delivering a total power of a whopping 120W. The maximum power for each USB-C connector individually is up to 100W, and USB-A up to 30W. When using two USB-C at the same time, each will have up to 60 watts. If we connect 3 devices at once, we get the following distribution: 60 W + 30 W + 30 W.

Baseus GaN 120W Charger

Thus, from such a block you can charge together and at the same time very quickly, almost any gadgets, for example, a laptop, smartphone and tablet. Of the minuses, it can be noted that due to its elongated shape and rather solid dimensions, the adapter does not quite confidently hold in sockets without grounding, especially when you need to fix the charger sideways.

Baseus GaN 120W Charger

We can only recommend this accessory to those who know exactly how it will use such impressive device charging capabilities, for example, owners of a MacBook Pro 16 ″ or other powerful laptops that support USB-C charging.

Buy Baseus GaN 120W Charger

Also be sure to join our Telegram channel and Twitter, where we manually select quality products from AliExpress daily. We share only the most useful and profitable.

See also:



[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Charger, GaN, iPad, iPhone, Mac, models, top

Yellow battery on iPhone, what does it mean?

09/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Surely every iPhone owner at least once wondered why the battery level indicator turns yellow from time to time. The answer is extremely simple – the yellow indicator means that the device is in power saving mode. What is it and how to return the usual charge indicator?

♥ BY TOPIC: Call forwarding on iPhone – how to enable?

What is Power Saving Mode (yellow battery indicator)?

Power Saving Mode (detailed) is a useful feature in iOS that allows you to save battery life. When the battery is low (from 20% and below), it automatically offers to change some settings in order to reduce power consumption (decrease processor performance, screen brightness, turn off new email notifications, etc.). This mode significantly extends battery life, as indicated by the yellow indicator.

Power saving mode

Users who want to extend the battery life of their gadget can enable the feature themselves whenever they wish. However, iOS suggests activating the power saving mode when the battery drops below 20%.

In this case, the indicator turns yellow, confusing some. When connected to a power source, the mode remains active until the battery level reaches 80%, after which it automatically turns off. In case the function was activated manually (after 80%), it remains enabled even when the battery is fully charged.

♥ BY TOPIC: How Much Power Saving Mode Reduces iPhone Performance.

How to enable or disable Power Saving Mode

There are at least four ways to activate or deactivate the feature and get rid of the yellow icon.

First, you can put your iPhone on charge and wait until the battery level reaches at least 80%. In this case, the mode will turn off automatically, and the indicator will turn green again.

Secondly, you can independently enable / disable the power saving mode. To do this, open the section “Battery” in the application “Settings“and set the switch to the desired position opposite”Power saving mode“.

Yellow battery indicator on iPhone, what does it mean and how to fix it?

You can use Siri:

Yellow battery indicator on iPhone, what does it mean and how to fix it?

In addition, starting with iOS 11, it became possible to add to Control point convenient switch Power saving mode. We talked about how to add it in this material.

Yellow battery indicator on iPhone, what does it mean and how to fix it?

And finally, starting with iOS 14, it became possible to set the Power Saving Mode automatically according to a schedule, when changing the geolocation, or after certain actions. We talked about how to set it up in this article.

How to teach iPhone to turn on Power Saving Mode automatically

Keep in mind that Power Saving Mode significantly extends battery life, and if you don’t mind giving up basic performance and some features, it will allow you to use your iPhone for much longer. In addition, this mode is the only effective way to increase the battery life of devices running iOS 9 and later.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: battery, iPhone, Yellow

Full screen photo when calling on iPhone: how to do it?

08/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

The address book on a modern device is not just a telephone directory, but rather a functional contact file containing email addresses, links, social profiles, call options and other information about people. In addition, each entry can be accompanied by a photo of the subscriber.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn on / off the front (front) flash on iPhone.

Using a photo or other image as a kind of avatar for each contact is very convenient, because it will be used not only in the address book, but also when making calls, communicating via FaceTime, iMessage, SMS, etc. Installing personal images is quite simple, and you can do it in many ways.

♥ BY TOPIC: iCloud on a computer, or how to upload photos, videos from the cloud to Windows and vice versa.

Set call display to full screen

Starting with iOS 14, incoming calls on iPhone appear as a banner by default. Naturally, in this case, the photo will not be displayed in full screen.

How to use compact dialer in iOS on iPhone

However, if you wish, you can return full-screen calls. To do this, open the application Settings, go to section Telephone and select menu Incoming calls.

Mute or reject calls with the compact iPhone call interface

Check the box next to the option In full screen. After that, all calls will be displayed in full screen.

Mute or reject calls with the compact iPhone call interface

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

How to make contact photo in full screen on iPhone

one. Open the app Telephone, go to tab Contacts and find the desired contact;

2. Click “Edit” in the upper right corner to go to editing;

3. Above the contact’s first and last name, click the button “Add photo”;

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen - how to do it?

4. Click icon Select photo to select a photo from the Photos application or take a picture from the device’s camera by pressing the camera button;

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen - how to do it?

5. Select a photo, pan and zoom if necessary, select a filter and click “Ready”.

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen - how to do it?

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen - how to do it?

Everything! Now when you call on the iPhone, the photo will be displayed in full screen.

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen - how to do it?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn on the flash (flashlight) for calls and notifications on iPhone.

How to make contact photo in full screen on iPhone on computer

one. Go to the iCloud.com website and log in with your Apple ID;

2. Let’s go to the application Contacts; Your contacts must be synced to iCloud. You can do it according to this instruction.

How to check if contacts are saved in iCloud?

3. Select the desired contact and click “Edit”;

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen

4. It remains to press “Add photo” (just drag the desired image) from any folder on your computer to the window that appears and click Ready.

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen

Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen

Note that in older versions of iOS displaying contact photos in full screen is not supported on incoming calls. If, for example, on an iPhone with iOS 9 (and newer) installed, the caller’s photo is not displayed on the screen during a call, then, most likely, too small images. In this case, you should remove them and add new, larger ones.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: calling, Full, iPhone, photo, screen

How to call directly from Mac using iPhone

08/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

At first, this question can lead to a stupor for an unprepared user, but this feature will not surprise experienced Mac users – this is really convenient, especially when the smartphone is somewhere on the other side of the room.

♥ BY TOPIC: Startup on Mac, or how to add (remove) programs to start automatically when macOS boots.

All this is possible thanks to the excellent technology Continuity (Continuity), which has found popularity among advanced users who are actively implementing all the useful know-how from Apple and not only. To fully use it, your iPhone must be running iOS 8th edition or higher, and your Mac must be running OS X 10.10 Yosemite or later. Also, both devices must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network and use the same Apple ID.

In fact, the calls continue to come from the iPhone, however, through the Continuity technology, the call is transferred to the Mac. The phone at this time may even be in another room. Let’s get to the settings.

♥ BY TOPIC: Hot corners on macOS: what it is, how to set it up and use it.

iPhone setup

one. Pass in Settings → face time.

2. Activate facetime (activation instructions) by switching the toggle switch to the active position, and also check the boxes next to your phone number and Apple ID.

FaceTime settings on iPhone

3. Go back to the settings and go to the section Telephone → On other devices.

4. Activate the switch “Allow calls» and select the devices paired with your Apple ID. In our case, this is a Mac.

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

Mac setup

one. Launch the FaceTime app (File Explorer Finder → Programs, Launchpad or via Spotlight search).

2. From the menu bar, open face time → Settings… (or press the keyboard shortcut ⌘Cmd +,).

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

3. In the tab “Settings» check the box next to «Calls from iPhone“.

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

How to answer an incoming call from a Mac?

Just click on the “To accept” in the pop-up message in the upper right corner of the display. Calls on Mac come with a slight delay (2-3 seconds). You can also reset the call or set up a reminder.

How to answer an incoming call from a Mac?

♥ BY TOPIC: Tap on the iPhone cover – take a screenshot: how to bind actions to touching the back of the iPhone case.

How to make a call from a Mac?

How to make a call from a Mac?

Everything is very simple here. If there is a recorded number, then just go to Contacts, FaceTime, Safari, Mail or Maps and tap on the handset icon next to the subscriber’s number. A pop-up window will appear with the option Call from iPhone (or Call from iPhone).

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

If you want to make a call to a specific number, then open FaceTime and enter the desired number in the search bar, click Input on the keyboard, and then on the arrow that appears to the right of the phone number. By the way, when you dial a number, macOS will automatically suggest contact options from your address book.

How do I make (cellular calls) from my iMac, Macbook Pro, Air, or Mac mini?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: call, iPhone, Mac

Review of Fez Pocket Edition for iPhone and iPad

08/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Since its release in 2012 on Xbox Live Arcade, the 2D platform game Fez has been ported to nearly every platform in existence, winning numerous awards in the process. Fez is one of those games that can be played anywhere.

Download FEZ Pocket Edition for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

More recently, the App Store assortment has been replenished with the Fez Pocket Edition, with the release of which fans of the project have the opportunity to play on the go, and those who have never heard of Fez get to know this wonderful platformer.

The plot of the game revolves around a small white creature named Gomez. He lives quietly in a two-dimensional world, but one day he encounters the “great cube of the universe”, which gives him a small red fresco, and then shatters into separate fragments. This meeting turned the usual life of the hero, who learned that, it turns out, the world has three dimensions, not two.

Thanks to the hat, Gomez can literally look at the world from all sides: he has the opportunity to live in a three-dimensional world, changing its “edges”. As you play, swipe left and right to “rotate” the edges of the world and open up new 2D worlds. The gameplay itself revolves around collecting cubes and their fragments in order to restore the balance of the universe. Of course, the game consists of other moments, but we will not reveal all the secrets.

After you get comfortable and go through a kind of disguised briefing, the game will really open up and cube fragments will be found almost everywhere. By changing the space, you can open various hidden paths. For example, your character will jump onto a platform, which, when rotated to the right or left, actually turns out to be a road leading to new platforms. The further, the more difficult the levels become, at which hidden passages, switches, etc. appear.

Fez - Pocket Edition for iPhone and iPad is a popular platform game now on mobile gadgets

The game offers a huge number of puzzles and if you come across a moment that does not make sense, just mark for yourself and pass by, everything will eventually clear up, and if not, there are enough all kinds of instructions on the Internet for passing Fez.

The gameplay is quite complex, but Fez does not punish mistakes too harshly. If the skipped jump ended in the death of the character, you can always return to the place of the jump. This mechanic felt a little weird in the original version of Fez, but it absolutely fits on mobile devices.

Fez - Pocket Edition for iPhone and iPad is a popular platform game now on mobile gadgets

The control is carried out using virtual buttons on the screen, if for some reason you are not enthusiastic about virtual control, Fez – Pocket Edition offers full support for MFi controllers. When you connect a controller, the game will automatically recognize it and the interface with controls will disappear from the screen.

In general, the virtual control in the game is implemented quite well, especially when it comes to unsuccessful jumps and, as a result, the death of the hero. Also, most puzzles are about edge rotation, smartness, or other aspects, not jumping accuracy.

Fez - Pocket Edition for iPhone and iPad is a popular platform game now on mobile gadgets

Fez is a really good game that is fun from start to finish, no matter what kind of control you choose – with virtual buttons or an MFi controller. Fez – Pocket Edition is available in the App Store for 449 rubles. You need an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch (6th generation) with iOS 8 or later to download the game. There is no localization into Russian.

Download FEZ Pocket Edition for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Edition, Fez, iPad, iPhone, Pocket, review

How to reset the password in the Notes app on iPhone and iPad

07/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 9.3, Notes introduced password protection to help keep sensitive information stored in the app secure. The program requires you to set a separate password than the one used for your Apple ID or iCloud account, so it’s no surprise that many iPhone and iPad owners forget or lose it.

♥ BY TOPIC: Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen – how to do it?

In such a situation, you will need to set a new password, but it is worth remembering that resetting it will allow you to access the application, but not old notes protected by the previous password. As a result, it may turn out that different notes in the application will be protected by different passwords.

♥ BY TOPIC: 10 features of the Notes app on iPhone and iPad that you might not know about.

How to reset the password in the Notes app on iPhone and iPad

Resetting your password in the Notes app will allow you to set a new password for future entries. Here’s how to do it on iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch:

one. Open the menu “Settingsby clicking on the corresponding icon on the home screen.

2. Select and click on the “Notes“.

3. Click on “Password“.

How to reset the password in the Notes app on iPhone and iPad

4. Select the option “Reset the password‘ to set a new password. Then you will need to enter your Apple ID password and click on the link button Forgot your password?.

How to reset the password in the Notes app on iPhone and iPad

5. Confirm your intention, and then enter a new password and hint (recommended).

How to reset the password in the Notes app on iPhone and iPad

If you save your password through iCloud Notes or Keychain Access, a new password will be automatically set in the “Notes» on all your devices – iPhone, iPad, iPod touch or Mac.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, iPad, iPhone, notes, password, reset

20 iPhone Features That Most Users Can Turn Off

07/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

A modern smartphone has so many functions that users do not even know about many of them. Some features that are enabled by default are rarely or never used. Some iOS features can run in the background, making your iPhone run slower or drain your battery faster. In this article, we will cover some iOS features that you may not be using and how to turn them off.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to watch exchange rates: ruble, dollar, hryvnia, euro, bitcoin in the Promotions app on iPhone.

What features on the iPhone can be turned off for most users?

Apple Suggestions in Spotlight Search

Swiping down on the home screen will bring up the Spotlight search screen. Under the usual search line, there are numerous offers that some people do not use at all.

Spotlight search suggestions

To turn them off, just follow the path Settings → Siri and Search and disable three items “Siri Suggestions”: In search of, In “Find”, On the lock screen and In the “Share” function (disables recommended contacts in the Share menu).

Apple Suggestions in Spotlight Search
Spotlight search suggestions

♥ BY TOPIC: How to check if you bought a new iPhone (activated or not)?

Siri

How often do you communicate with the virtual assistant Siri? If your answer is: “a couple of times a year” or “very rarely”, then feel free to turn it off (you can turn it on at any time if necessary). To disable the Apple voice assistant, follow the path Settings → Siri and Search and disable all three options: Listen to “Hey Siri”, Call Siri with the side button and Siri with screen lock.

How to disable Siri on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to share Notes on iPhone and iPad with other users or make them read-only.

Raise to activate

A feature that turns on the iPhone screen whenever you pick it up. This will work even if you just took your smartphone off the table to put it in your pocket. Disabled along the way: Settings → Screen and brightness → Raise to activate.

How to disable Raise to Activate on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create contact groups on iPhone and iPad.

Videos autoplay in the App Store without your permission

iPhone is set by default to automatically play videos on the App Store’s Apps and Games pages. But this behavior of the system can be annoying. It’s rather annoying when suddenly a video starts playing with a loud, ear-pounding sound. Yes, and automatic video playback corny loads the processor and consumes traffic. For the mobile Internet, this can be a very unpleasant event.

You can disable this behavior of the system in the menu Settings → iTunes Store and App Store → Video autoplay. Here you can also set the option to automatically play videos only when connected to a Wi-Fi network, or completely refuse to display such videos.

How to turn off auto-play videos in the App Store without your permission

Videos autoplay in the App Store without your permission

♥ BY TOPIC: How to enable Hotspot mode and share Internet (Wi-Fi) from iPhone or iPad.

Keyboard Clicks and Lock Sound

If you frequently type on your iPhone in front of people, you may be annoying them with keyboard clicks. In order not to draw attention to yourself, disable them along the way: Settings → Sound, tactile signals → Keyboard clicks. Here you can turn off Lock sound.

How to Disable Keyboard Clicks and Lock Sounds on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to buy a used iPad (with hands) and not have problems after that.

System haptics

In our subjective opinion, system haptics in iOS are also an unnecessary source that consumes iPhone battery power. In case the lack of a slight vibration when working with iOS elements is not critical for you, disable this feature along the way: Settings → Sound, tactile signals → System tactile.

How to disable system haptic cues on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: Gestures for working with text on iPhone and iPad that you might not know about.

Hand off

Recall that this feature allows you to start using the application on one Apple device and continue on another. For example, you can open a YouTube video on your iPhone and return to what you started on your iPad or Mac, and vice versa.

This feature can only be very useful if you have multiple Apple devices. If you only have an iPhone “out of apples”, then feel free to turn off Handoff along the way: Settings → Main → AirPlay and Handoff.

How to disable Handoff on iPhone

How to disable Handoff on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download videos from VK (VKontakte) to iPhone or iPad and watch without the Internet.

Improving Apple Services

While Apple claims to collect little to no data about its users, this process does happen. For example, a company collects information from a smartphone in order to improve its mapping service.

But in Russia, Apple cards are significantly inferior to similar services from Google and Yandex. However, most iPhones have options enabled by default that allow Apple Maps to be enhanced in the background.

If you don’t use Apple’s mapping service, you shouldn’t improve it on your own. Follow the path: Settings → Privacy → Location Services → System Services and disable options: iPhone Analytics, “Routing and traffic”, “Popular nearby”, “Map Improvement”.

Geolocation on iOS

Improving Apple Services

♥ BY TOPIC: How to block all calls from unknown and hidden numbers on iPhone: 2 ways.

Background app updates

Apps on iPhone that use an Internet connection have background content refresh enabled by default. That is, even when the application is minimized (not currently in use), the traffic and battery power are consumed. Disabling this option completely is unlikely to affect usage in any way, because as soon as the application becomes active, the content will be updated automatically.

You can stop the background update process for a specific application along the path: Settings → General → Content Update:

Background app updates

Background app updates

And completely for all applications at once, by selecting the option Off on the menu “Content Update”.

Background app updates

Background app updates

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

Notifications from some apps

One of the most important points that affects the user’s productivity during the working day, as well as the smartphone’s battery consumption. When installing a new application, do not rush to give permission to send notifications, otherwise the iPhone screen may turn on very often, for example, when receiving messages from instant messengers.

Notifications from some apps

If there are already too many incoming notifications, open Settings → Notifications, go to noisy app options and set the toggle Notification tolerance into position Turned off.

How to turn off notifications on iPhone

How to turn off notifications on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically close Safari tabs on iPhone and iPad after a certain amount of time.

Create an iCloud backup

This option has several negative aspects, the main of which is clogging the cloud storage with unnecessary backups. This is most relevant if you have multiple Apple devices and a free iCloud plan that keeps running out of space.

When turning off iCloud backup don’t worry about your contacts, notes, reminders, calendars, etc., as well as files stored in iCloud Drive, they won’t be lost and all this very easy to restore on a new iPhone or iPad. There is no backup here.

Disabling iCloud backup is done along the way: Settings → Apple ID (your name) → iCloud → iCloud backup.

How to see what backups are stored in iCloud and delete unnecessary ones?

Create an iCloud backup

We talked about the difference between iCloud backup and iCloud sync (iCloud Drive) in more detail in this material.

♥ BY TOPIC: Which iPhone has the best battery life? Comparison of battery life of all current iPhones.

Fitness tracking

If you don’t track your steps or calories burned, and don’t use your iPhone as a fitness tracker at all, turn off the option. Fitness trackinglocated along the path: Settings → Confidentiality → Movement and fitness.

How to disable fitness tracking

How to disable fitness tracking

♥ BY TOPIC: Yandex.Navigator offline (offline): how to use it on iPhone and iPad.

screen time

Starting with iOS 12, the iPhone introduced a feature that monitors the activity of applications and how often they are used. It is called “screen time“. The purpose of this feature is clear – it allows users to find out which applications they use most often or abuse them.

This option at first glance seems useful, but it’s only in theory. Surveys of iOS users consistently show that they very rarely use this feature. But it remains on on many iPhones, heavily loading the battery. In many cases it is “Screen Time” should be blamed for the rapid discharge of the smartphone. To disable this feature, go to Settings → Screen Time.

How to disable Screen Time on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download books to iPhone or iPad for free and without a computer.

Autocorrect

Tired of crooked automatic word corrections when typing on the iOS keyboard, turn off the option Autocorrect along the way: Settings → Main → Keyboard.

How to turn off auto-correct on iPhone

How to turn off auto-correct on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: Is it possible to use the phone while charging and what are the consequences.

Transparency (Blur background effect in iOS)

This is the same background blur effect that gives a special gloss to the “apple” software shell. Thanks to transparency, iOS elements stand out in volume against the “retouched” background, which really “refreshes” the design of the interface. The effect is present everywhere from the Control Center to the status bar with a clock.

Disabling the transparency effect in iOS has a positive effect on device performance, as well as battery life.

If you are ready to sacrifice beauty for the sake of performance and increase the life of your iPhone, turn on the option Decreasing transparency along the way: Settings → Accessibility → Display and text size.

How to turn off transparency (blur background effect in iOS)
How to turn off transparency (blur background effect in iOS)

Reduce motion (parallax effect)

Surely, you have noticed the presence of a three-dimensional effect on the iOS home screen, in which application icons seem to float against the background of the wallpaper. This is called the parallax effect.

If the absence of iOS branded visual effects is not critical for you, enable the option Reduced motion along the way Settings → Universal access → Motion.

How to reduce motion (parallax effect)

How to disable motion reduction (parallax effect)

By doing this, you will reduce the load on the processor and therefore extend the battery life of the iPhone.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to properly hold your iPhone while shooting video.

Automatically send analytics data from iPhone to Apple

Every Apple smartphone collects some data by default, which is sent to the manufacturer for analysis. But don’t worry, Apple doesn’t collect personal data from its users. Yes, and this information is transmitted in encrypted form.

However, the data collection and subsequent encryption that takes place on your iPhone requires certain resources. It’s good that this feature can be turned off. To do this, go to the menu Settings → Privacy → Analytics and improvements and disable features: “Share iPhone Analytics”, “Improve Siri and Dictation”, “Share iCloud Analytics”.

Automatically send analytics data from iPhone to Apple

Automatically send analytics data from iPhone to Apple

♥ BY TOPIC: If your hands are busy: how to automatically transfer an incoming iPhone call to speakerphone.

Tracking the places you’ve visited

Each iPhone has a standard feature activated that keeps track of the most frequently visited places by the owner every day. The definition of these points is quite accurate. You can then see on the map the places where you visit most often.

This feature is designed to improve various iPhone features, such as Maps or Siri voice assistant. But directly on the operation of the smartphone, such an improvement has practically no effect. But the battery, this function of tracking the most frequently visited places eats up decently. To disable this feature, follow the path: Settings → Privacy → Location Services → System Services → Important Locations.

Geolocation on iOS

Tracking the places you've visited

How to disable tracking of places you've visited

♥ BY TOPIC: Equalizer: add bass (low frequencies) when listening to music on iPhone and iPad.

Shake to cancel

Function “Shake to Undo”, which allows you to shake your iPhone to undo your last action while typing in apps, has been around for a long time. But the fact is that active users who often quickly move the gadget in space could be pretty annoyed by the offer “Do not apply “Enter””.

To disable the annoying feature, go to Settings → Universal access → touch → Shake to cancel and move the slider to position Turned off.

How to disable shake to undo

How to Disable Shake to Undo on iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: features, iPhone, Turn, users

Oceanhorn is an RPG adventure game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

07/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Mobile game development has long been a lucrative business, but as the number of apps grows, there are more and more clones of established hits. However, sometimes, inspired by the original, developers release an equally exciting game.

Download Oceanhorn for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV (App Store)

It’s an action-adventure role-playing game. Oceanhorn, the creators of which probably spent more than a dozen hours playing The Legend of Zelda from Nintendo. However, they managed to win audience popularity and many industry awards. This was made possible thanks to the overall game atmosphere, which is emphasized by excellent 3D graphics (despite the fact that the game was released in 2013) and musical accompaniment, which was created by recognized personalities in the gaming industry – Nobuo Uematsu and Kenji Ito.

Video review of the game:

According to the plot of the game, the mother of the protagonist tragically died after meeting with the huge monster Oceanhorn (or Oceanhorn), and his father disappeared, having gone in search of him. Remembering the adventurous dad’s instructions, a young man with a typical Japanese cartoon appearance armed with a sword and set off on a long voyage in the hope of finding his father or, at worst, the damned Oceanhorn.

oceanhorn - game for iPhone and iPad

The game world is divided into island-locations, on each of which the protagonist is asked to complete a number of tasks. The hero will have to fight bosses, solve puzzles, open locks, and along the way, look for plot items (mother’s necklace, father’s shield and sword, etc.). The gameplay does not shine with variety, but secondary game features save the situation – the hero can lift and throw objects, break pots with a sword, mow grass, etc.

oceanhorn is an adventure game for iPhone and iPad

Each island is inhabited by characters that help the player progress through the storyline, and also open up new islands for him. Here, the developers tried to create the illusion of a huge open world – the player really floats in a boat, sees the outlines of an approaching island in the distance, and can look around. In fact, he does not have any freedom of movement, the boat sails on its own and it is impossible to stop it or turn back – a standard transition between locations.

oceanhorn is a quality game for iPhone and iPad

One of the key disadvantages Oceanhorn – cost, for the application they ask 749 rubles in the App Store. But there is also the other side of the coin – the game completely lacks in-app purchases and advertising, which allows you to focus on passing and not think about how to accumulate enough resources to overcome the next obstacle created by the developers in order to receive donations.

oceanhorn - game for iPhone and iPad

Download Oceanhorn for iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch and Apple TV (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: adventure, apple, game, iPad, iPhone, Oceanhorn, RPG

How to Turn off New Memories Notifications on iPhone and iPad

06/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Periodically, our iPhone or iPad may wake up or disturb the owner with a notification that a new “Memory” in the application “Photo”. Usually, “Memory” is an automatically created selection of photos and videos dedicated to an event, place, person, etc.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

Starting with iOS 12 in the application “Photo» a new tab appeared “For you”. In this section, photos and videos stored on your iPhone or iPad are automatically combined into various thematic collections.

Memories on iPhone and iPad

In fact, the operating system itself, without any user intervention, creates a home video about past events: family holidays, vacations, travels. Apple decided to anticipate user desires by creating the indisputable feature “Memories“.

Not everyone is enthusiastic about the idea of ​​​​collecting old photos from libraries with the device and creating a slide show based on them.

Those who do not like the idea of ​​the device creating thematic collections on its own and, as a result, the appearance of appropriate alerts, should learn about a way to turn off notifications when a new one appears. “Memories”.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to instantly jump to the first or last photo in the Photos app on iPhone and iPad.

How to turn off Memories notifications

1. Launch the application “Settings” on iPhone or iPad.

2. Go to the section “Notifications”.

3. From the application list, select “Photo”.

How to Turn off New Memories Notifications on iPhone and iPad

4. Click “Set up notifications”.

5. Move the switch “Memories” into position “Turned off”.

How to Turn off New Memories Notifications on iPhone and iPad

It is important to understand that this method does not disable the application “Photo” to create “memories”, but only prohibits the sending of relevant notifications.

Newly created collections can still be accessed in the application “Photo» tab “For you”.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, Memories, notifications, Turn

Review of SKYHILL for iPhone and iPad – survival in a hotel full of monsters

06/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

In the past few years, point and survival games have become incredibly popular, but their growing number does not at all indicate their quality. Among hundreds of monotonous games, only a few are worthy of attention. These include the SKYHILL game from Russian developers from the Mandragora studio.

Download SKYHILL for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Skyhill is a hundred-story hotel where the main character, businessman Perry Jason, stayed. As soon as he settled into his room, due to some kind of military conflict, the world was engulfed by an unknown epidemic that turns people into monsters. And only at the end of the game, the user will be able to lift the veil of secrecy about the causes of the Apocalypse that happened.

There is no way to survive the catastrophe in the room – at least due to the lack of food supplies. On the other hand, every floor of the hotel is infested with monsters, and there is no guarantee that peace and tranquility reigns outside the hotel. But since no one is in a hurry to help Perry, and he does not want to die of starvation, the main character decides to get out of the building.

Review of Skyhill for iPhone and iPad

The health of the character depends on food – the more it is, the more it is full of energy, so throughout the game you will have to constantly look for and absorb food in order to keep yourself in good shape. The main character’s energy will be spent mainly on moving from floor to floor. You can use the elevator, but it does not always work.

Without food, Perry cannot survive, so you will have to search every corner in search of food and sometimes even absorb rotten food on the spot. By the way, they can poison you, but in a critical situation, even stale provisions can save the character’s life. If you wish, you can also drag the food to your room and cook something super-nutritious from it.

skyhil_game_iphone-ipad_yablyk

As for Perry’s hideout, a workbench suddenly appeared in its interior, with which you can improve the door so that monsters do not break into the room. You can also convert the bed, sleeping on which increases the level of health. There are also tools for repairing the elevator. In addition, the hero can create his own healing potions from alcohol, bandages and pills.

The game is not limited to running around the floors and searching for food, it is not for nothing that there are monsters in it. The latter will have to fight from time to time, using pipes, mops and knives as weapons. Battles will take place in the form of turn-based duels. In a fight, you can strike at different parts of the body of monsters, but the most effective is a blow to the head. Perry’s frequent misses complicate the fight process, which cause significant harm to his health.

skyhil_game_iphone-ipad-yablyk

The accuracy and power of strikes can be trained by entering into battles and winning them. Sometimes experience points are given for other actions. The mechanics of Skyhill, in general, are somewhat primitive: character development is not provided, fights are as simple as possible, objects found cannot be parsed, the narrative is linear.

skyhil_game_iphone-ipad

On a positive note, the contents of each floor are randomly generated. Thanks to this, there is always an effect of surprise in the process of passing. There are also various materials – newspapers, diary entries – that help to understand the causes of the apocalypse.

The SKYHILL quest was created on pure enthusiasm by like-minded people from the Mandragora studio. They developed the game in their free time and did not particularly think about commercial returns. Actually, this project should be perceived as “amateur”, but created by professionals. SKYHILL is currently available for iPhone and iPad and is available for download from the App Store.

Download SKYHILL for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Full, hotel, iPad, iPhone, monsters, review, Skyhill, survival

Klondike (Solitaire) and other solitaire games from Windows for free on iPhone and iPad

05/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Each user of a PC running Windows is familiar with solitaire card games included in the basic system package – Klondike (aka Klendike or Solitaire), Spider, etc. These and other games are also available for iPhone and iPad owners.

Download Microsoft Solitaire Collection for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Klondike Solitaire, despite its obvious simplicity, played an important role in the development of modern desktop operating systems. It was developed by employees of Apple and Microsoft during their close collaboration in 1989 to make it easier for users to adapt to the graphical interface, as well as to the then innovative input device, the computer mouse.

Klondike (Solitaire) and other solitaire games from Windows for free on iPhone and iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablyk.

In subsequent years, Microsoft included several more solitaire games in the package of regular Windows games, and in 2016 released the corresponding application for iOS for the first time.

In addition to the Klondike, Spider and Free cell in the package Microsoft Solitaire Collection includes two relatively new games – Pyramid (Pyramid) and TriPeaks (Three Peaks).

Klondike (Solitaire) and other solitaire games from Windows for free on iPhone and iPad

At the same time, the developers have somewhat expanded the basic functionality. In particular, we implemented integration with Xbox Live for distance competitions with friends, and also added several new design themes with the ability to create your own “skins” from photos.

Klondike (Solitaire) and other solitaire games from Windows for free on iPhone and iPad Klondike (Solitaire) and other solitaire games from Windows for free on iPhone and iPad

However, it was not without monetization – the application contains third-party advertising, which can be turned off only after purchasing a premium account.

Download Microsoft Solitaire Collection for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: free, Games, iPad, iPhone, Klondike, Solitaire, windows

Password manager for iPhone and iPad in iOS: how to use

04/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Before the release of iOS 11, the process of entering a login and password looked something like this: the user opened 1Password (or any other third-party password manager), searched for the entry of interest in the desired safe, then copied the login, switched to the input field, then returned back to the password manager, copied the password , switched again and only then went through the authorization process. To us, these actions seemed extremely understandable, but incredibly inconvenient.

♥ BY TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone camera: what it is, how to enable it, use it + photo examples.

With the release of iOS 11, the regular Keychain Access utility with auto-remembering and auto-filling of logins and passwords for site fields has been significantly upgraded. Now its capabilities have gone beyond the Safari browser and work in third-party applications.

♥ BY TOPIC: Location settings on iPhone: what do they affect and which ones can be turned off to save battery power?

How to use a regular password manager on iPhone and iPad in programs and websites

one. Customize A bunch of keys on all necessary devices according to this instruction.

2. Open the app Settings and select “Passwords“.

After identifying the owner of the device, a list of all accounts, passwords (with the ability to view them) and web addresses will become available. So if you ever forget your account password, you can always look it up.

Built-in password manager for iPhone and iPad

The username and password are editable. You can also remove websites linked to your account. You can add a password manually if you scroll down the entire list.

Built-in password manager for iPhone and iPad

3. Open any application or site in which you need to log in. Let’s demonstrate using the example of adding an account in the Instagram application. After you put the cursor in the login or password entry field, an icon with a key will appear on the keyboard.

Built-in password manager for iPhone and iPad

By tapping on it, you will be prompted to select one of the accounts (the main thing is that the data is in the Keychain Access on iOS, that is, along the path Settings → “Passwords”), after which the login and password fields will be automatically filled.

Built-in password manager for iPhone and iPad

This option works not only in the Safari browser, but also in all applications where authorization is required (Facebook, Vkontakte, Instagram, etc.).

In addition, with the release of iOS 14, security recommendations appeared in the regular password manager. This feature automatically scans the user’s passwords and identifies cracked or weak ones among them. We talked about this feature in more detail in a separate article.

Built-in password manager for iPhone and iPad

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iOS, iPad, iPhone, manager, password

Touch ID (touch ID) on iPhone does not work well: how to properly set up the fingerprint sensor on iPhone

04/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Touch ID fingerprint sensor on a fairly recent iPhone does not always work when touched and you have to constantly access the password? If you are faced with a similar problem, then in this article we will tell you how to fix it.

♥ BY TOPIC: What will happen to AirPods after two or three years of active use.

Everyone knows that after buying a new iPhone, you need to complete the activation procedure and the initial setup of the device, which includes setting up the Touch ID fingerprint sensor built into the Home button. The user is asked to add a fingerprint with which the iPhone can be unlocked.

From our many years of observation of users setting up a new iPhone, we can say with confidence that adding a fingerprint to Touch ID during the initial device setup is often very fast and not always with an understanding of the process. Most users hold their iPhone differently than during normal use when setting up a biometric sensor. Therein lies the whole secret.

In addition, after the initial setup of the iPhone, few people return to the Touch ID options (in iOS settings) to continue the process of improving the sensor performance. As a result, users continue to use the single fingerprint that was recorded in Touch ID when they first set up the iPhone. But in the sensor parameters, you can add as many as 5 prints. So…

♥ BY TOPIC: How to change the ringtone (ringtone) on iPhone.

Touch ID does not work well on iPhone: how to properly set up the fingerprint sensor on iPhone or iPad

one. Open the Settings app on your iPhone or iPad and go to Touch ID & Passcode.

2. Enter your passcode.

Touch ID (touch ID) does not work well on iPhone

3. Delete any added fingerprints. To do this, select each fingerprint and click Delete fingerprint.

Touch ID (touch ID) does not work well on iPhone

4. Click Add fingerprint.

Touch ID (touch ID) does not work well on iPhone

5. Grab your iPhone or iPad the way you would normally hold the device before unlocking.

How to disable Touch ID fingerprint unlock

6. Go through the process of adding all five fingerprints in this way:

  • add fingerprint twice Right thumb;
  • add fingerprint twice Left thumb;
  • add fingerprint once Index finger of the right hand (if you are right handed) or left handed (if you are left handed).

The meaning of this operation is to add more fingerprints to the most used unlock option. Touch ID (touch ID) does not work well on iPhone

The scheme proposed by us can be changed if desired. For example, if you always unlock the device with one hand, then it will not be superfluous to add 3, 4, or even all 5 possible fingerprints to the Thumb.

Try it right now. In the vast majority of cases, this will solve the problem of poor Touch ID performance.

If the sensor still does not respond well after completing the fingerprint addition procedure, try restarting the device. If the reboot did not help, then there are two options left – either you are the owner of hands with an abnormal structure of fingerprints (we have met such users) or the problem is still in the Touch ID sensor itself.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: fingerprint, iPhone, properly, sensor, set, Touch, work

Mickey Mouse’s “Castle of Illusion” for iPhone and iPad is a magical adventure from Disney

04/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

After an encounter with ghosts in a dark forest, you suddenly begin to float above the clouds, and then find yourself on a bookshelf where books come to life knock you off your feet – the game Castle of Illusion starring Mickey Mouse constantly confronts the player with fantastic situations, tearing them out of the usual comfort of the living room and immersing them in the magical world of Disney and their favorite characters from childhood.

Download Castle of Illusion for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Platformer Castle of Illusion is a reworked version of the game of the same name, released on the SEGA Genesis console back in 1990, which will surely seem familiar to those who played the original.

The plot of the game is quite simple. Even the most popular Disney characters sometimes want to take a break and go on, say, a picnic. So Mickey Mouse, along with Minnie Mouse, decided to arrange a similar vacation for themselves.

Mickey Mouse Castle of Illusion game for iPhone, iPad and Mac

But it was not there. The evil witch Mizrabel kidnapped Minnie and now Mickey Mouse has to go to the castle of the witch and save his mouse.

Mickey Mouse Castle of Illusion game for iPhone, iPad and Mac

♥ BY TOPIC: Oceanhorn is a role-playing adventure game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV.

The gameplay of Castle of Illusion is very reminiscent of Super Mario Bros. A significant part of the game time Mickey will be jumping: jumping on enemies, from enemies, through enemies, vines and abysses. In some cases, the hero will even have to jump over the heads of enemies, as this is the only way to get to some of the game zones. Along the way, Mickey will collect various items, cards or apples. The latter he very successfully uses as a weapon.

Castle of Illusion Mickey Mouse for iphone ipad mac os x

Most of Castle of Illusion’s levels are 2D, but boss battles turn the game into a 3D platformer. The levels are very beautiful, atmospheric and surprising in variety: here you have a forest, a candy world, a toy world, and a card world. With the change of locations, new enemies appear, to defeat which you need to use the features of the landscape.

Castle of Illusion Mickey Mouse for iphone ipad mac os x

At the end of each level, the player will face a boss battle. The battles in Castle of Illusion are quite difficult and surprise with atypical gameplay. For example, in a fight with a dragon, the platform slips from under the hero’s feet, forcing him to quickly jump to another.

Castle of Illusion Mickey Mouse for iphone ipad mac os x

Castle of Illusion starring Mickey Mouse – well, a very beautiful, kind, somewhat naive fairy tale created according to the world of Disney. She dictates her own rules and does not go beyond them. Every character in the game is stereotyped – the main character, the lady in need, the evil witch, and even the level design. Like Disney cartoons, Castle of Illusion evokes warm feelings and affection, allowing you to immerse yourself in a fairy tale, if only for a while.

Castle of Illusion Mickey Mouse for iphone ipad mac os x

Download Castle of Illusion for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: adventure, Castle, Disney, illusion, iPad, iPhone, magical, Mickey, Mouses

Animal Super Squad (Chicken on the toilet) for iPhone and iPad is a hilarious arcade game for fans of high-speed racing

03/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Are you in a good mood and want to play something fun? Pay attention to Animal Super Squad. This hilarious game will make you shake with laughter every ten seconds. Animal Super Squad was originally released on Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 4 and PC, but recently moved to iOS and Android.

Download Animal Super Squad for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

This game project was designed specifically for fans of high-speed racing, but animals are not used as a means of transportation here. The developers did their best, providing the game with excellent graphics and realistic physics, 100% accurate. The project offers countless variations of jumps, falls or spins. For example, one moment you can spin somersaults in the air, and the next turn into a hamburger. It’s the non-stop fun that gives Animal Super Squad its charm.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

From the start, you control a chicken as it travels through various incredible modes of transport, from a gorgeous white toilet on wheels to a propeller, but as you progress, you will be able to choose other animals. Periodically, you will also have to change vehicles that cannot withstand collisions with various obstacles, such as high jumps, rocket jumps, mines or barrels that you need to jump over.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

The game offers a large number of options for controlling your animal. You can maneuver both forward / backward, and right / left. In addition, there are two buttons that allow you to change the slope (up / down) or the trajectory of the character.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

During a crazy race, it is quite expected that your vehicle will receive damage sometimes up to an unrecognizable state. At times you will have to control the animal directly until you find a suitable mount or restart from the last save point.

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

Animal Super Squad is hard to classify. The gameplay is very reminiscent of a platformer, although quite “sparing” in terms of damage. As already mentioned, the longer you play, the more your vehicle will wear out. Nevertheless, even in a very deplorable state, it will function, and after the death of the character and restart at the last checkpoint, you will receive the same transport in its entirety. Even without the front wheels, you will be able to play further. It is precisely in overcoming obstacles “on an honest word and on one wing” that the main difficulty of the game lies.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

The levels are quite large and long with enough save points. The console and PC versions of Animal Super Squad have a level editor that allows players to design their own locations – the game puts a lot of emphasis on this (there is no level editor in the mobile versions of the game yet). Taking advantage of someone else’s fantasy is quite simple – click on the “Community” option in the main menu and load the preset user levels, select one of them and click on the play button.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

There is also a wide selection of vehicles in the Community section, but they must be earned (this will require completing the main game levels). For example, you can choose a propeller with which your chicken will fly around the level. To some, this may seem like a scam, but managing such a tool is not at all easy.

Animal Super Squad game for iPhone and iPad

Despite the lack of the ability to create your own levels in the mobile version, Animal Super Squad is a game worth playing. Cartoon graphics, funny pets and realistic physics will give you an unforgettable adventure and lots of fun.

Download Animal Super Squad for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: animal, Arcade, Chicken, Fans, game, highspeed, hilarious, iPad, iPhone, racing, Squad, Super, toilet

How to co-edit files from iCloud on iPhone or iPad

02/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 11, the Apple mobile operating system has the ability to share documents from iCloud Drive using the new regular Files application.

It’s very easy to share a document in the Files app on an iPhone or iPad, but for some reason the Cupertinians hid this menu unusually far away, which may be bewildering to some users.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to enable Hotspot mode and share Internet (Wi-Fi) from iPhone or iPad.

How do I share documents from the Files app on iPhone or iPad?

1. Launch the application “Files”, open the tab Overview and go to section iCloud Drive.

2. Press the button with three circled dots in the upper right corner and select “Select”.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

3. Select the document of interest and click the button “Share”.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

Open menu “Share” you can also do long tap by document and selecting the option “Share“.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

4. In the menu that appears “Share” select “Share file in iCloud“.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

5. Select users from the contact list and send an invitation in any convenient way (for example, via iMessage, E-mail, Telegram, etc.).

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when your iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to control shared files?

After you have given new users access to your files, you can add new or remove old members at any time, as well as set access rights for each user (view or edit).

You can do this according to the instructions described above, starting from point 3. Next to the button for adding new users, a new item will appear “Manage Shared File”.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

This menu will display a list of all invited participants. If you swipe left on a contact, you will be able to close access to the document to a specific user.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

If you open a contact, you can change the user’s rights (edit or view only).

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

There is also a separate menuSharing options”, where you can set access rights for all users at once and copy the link to send in any convenient way.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

Closes access to the document through the main menu “People» at the touch of a button “Close access”.

How to share (co-edit) documents and files in the Files app on iPhone and iPad

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: coedit, Files, iCloud, iPad, iPhone

How to take pictures on iPhone: camera features you need to know

02/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Life has long proved that sometimes it’s not so important what you shoot as how you shoot. Yes, and modern smartphones have already raised the level of their cameras, allowing them to create real photo masterpieces with their help. Everyone knows that some of the best mobile cameras are installed in the iPhone. It is no coincidence that so many high-quality and interesting pictures were taken with this smartphone. It helps to improve the quality with the help of camera settings, and understanding both the capabilities of the device and the peculiarity of photography allows you to create truly unique photos.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to get a link to a photo or video from iPhone (iPad) and share it without installing any applications.

How to take pictures on the iPhone: 20 features everyone should know

True, most of us take pictures or shoot videos, just seizing the moment, without thinking about fine adjustments at that moment. The iPhone takes great pictures, but they could be even better! And to help you learn how to take great photos and videos, here are some tips for users who are new to the iPhone camera and don’t have time to experiment with settings. But it’s enough to learn a few simple tricks, and your photos and videos will become clearer, better lit, and the result will improve with each new shot you take.

“Camera” in the iPhone has a simple and unloaded interface and high speed. However, some useful features have been somewhat tucked away by the developers. We will tell about them.

♥ BY TOPIC: Why do red eyes appear in flash photos and can I fix this?

Quick launch of the camera from the lock screen

What many people like about the stock Camera app on iOS is the ability to quickly launch it from the device’s lock screen. It is enough to make a swipe (gesture) from right to left, as the application for shooting will immediately open.

Quick launch of the camera from the lock screen

It only takes one second. Not a single frame will be missed!

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

Forget the shutter button, use the volume button and headset

It doesn’t matter if you’re taking a selfie or photographing something in front of you. Accessing the on-screen shutter button in the Camera app isn’t always easy—sometimes you have to bend your finger. Luckily, you have another option to work with – the volume button. When you see a suitable scene and are ready to take a picture, you can simply press any iPhone volume button. It will duplicate the on-screen shutter button.

use volume button to take photo on iPhone

This option is very convenient when taking selfies, because one of the fingers is already next to these buttons due to the girth of the phone. A simple trick – and no more blurry selfies! And if you’re taking a landscape photo, pressing the volume button lets you use your iPhone like a regular camera. The phone screen becomes a huge viewfinder. Such work with a smartphone looks more natural.

Yes, this feature is not new. The ability to use the iPhone’s volume buttons to take photos has been around since iOS 7. It’s just that many people didn’t know about this feature, but now you have useful information.

In addition, an Apple headset with a remote control connected to an iPhone or iPad can also act as a shutter button. Just press any volume key and you will get a new picture or start recording a video.

20 iPhone Camera Features Every Apple Owner Should Know

♥ BY TOPIC: How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications.

Take burst photos so you don’t miss the moment

When you’re trying (and the keyword “trying” is important here) to photograph a moving baby, an actively moving child, or a pet, it can be a daunting task. You think you’ve caught the perfect moment, but your subject suddenly starts to move. To always take the best photos in this situation, use the burst mode on your camera.

In burst mode, the camera quickly takes many shots, as if you were quickly pressing the shoot button. When the process is over, you will have some photos for you to view. You just have to keep the best ones. It is almost certain that there will be at least one photo in this series that turned out really perfect.

And to take a series of photos on iPhone, just pull the shutter button to the left. You will see the number of photos taken while the shutter button is moved briefly. Release when you feel you have captured enough frames.

How to take burst photos on iPhone

If you want to follow our previous tip about using the volume button instead of the shutter button, this method works with burst photos too! Here’s what to do:

1. Open “Settings” and choose “Camera”.

2. Activate the switch “Zoom in button. loud for series”.

What is QuickTake on iPhone, or how to shoot video in Photo mode

3. Now, if you need burst mode, press and hold the volume up button on your iPhone. You will see the number of photos taken on the screen, just release your finger when you are done.

We talked in detail about continuous shooting on the iPhone in this material.

♥ BY TOPIC: Mistakes of beginner photographers, or how to take pictures correctly.

Use a grid to build a Rule of Thirds composition

Along the way app Settings → Camera You can activate the grid mode, in which the image received through the viewfinder is divided by lines into three parts horizontally and vertically. Thanks to this, you can use the principle of building compositions “Rule of Thirds”.

Due to this, it will be easier for the photographer to compose the frame using a simplified golden ratio rule. Important parts of the composition should be located along these lines or at their intersection – points of power. This technique will allow you to get energy-rich images.

How to turn on the level display on the iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

♥ BY TOPIC: How to instantly jump to the first or last photo in the Photos app on iPhone and iPad.

Use a timer

The self-timer helps you take the best shot by releasing the shutter at the right time. In iPhone, the timer works for both the main and front cameras.

Using a timer is a great way to make sure everything around you is ready to shoot. Want to prop your camera up and take a step back to capture the background? Do you need to place something else in the frame that needs to be lifted and held? The timer will help you with this! Thus, you can quickly and easily set the timer for any scene you need, including selfies. To enable and use the timer, do the following:

1. Open the Camera app on iPhone and access the timer. You can do this by lightly swiping up on the screen or by pressing the arrow in the top menu.

How to turn on the timer on your iPhone or iPad camera

2. Touch the timer icon and select a time from 3 to 10 seconds.

How to turn on the timer on your iPhone or iPad camera

3. You will see a timer icon in the top right corner of the screen. If you want to use it, just touch it. In the lower right corner you will see a countdown timer.

How to turn on the timer on your iPhone or iPad camera

You can also rotate the camera using the button with two circular arrows in the lower right corner, press the timer to start it and get ready for a selfie.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to rotate a photo on iPhone or iPad.

Use HDR

The HDR feature in the iPhone camera will automatically take three photos with different exposures and combine the best parts in one shot. An illustrative example is below:

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in the iPhone camera

– in the first image (on the left), the algorithms are focused on rendering the color of the sky – it is distinguishable, but the photo as a whole turned out to be dark;

– in the second frame, the focus is on the foreground, while the sky is already overexposed.

– third frame – HDR – combining the best parts in one shot.

Starting with the iPhone XS, it became possible to automatically use HDR without having to constantly turn this feature on. To do this, it is enough to activate the mode “Smart HDR” along the way Settings → Camera.

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in the iPhone camera

This will make the HDR icon on the camera screen disappear. We talked about the HDR function for all iPhone models in more detail in this material.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to get free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud for storing photos from iPhone and iPad.

Switch between iPhone cameras (Wide, Ultra Wide, and Telephoto)

You may not know, but the iPhone does not shoot with three cameras at once. Each lens is used for specific purposes: wide angle – for normal shooting, ultra wide angle – for shooting with a wide angle of view and telephoto – for increase.

To shoot with a wide-angle camera, set the value 1x on the zoom scale.

Cameras in iPhone 12 Pro and iPhone 12 Pro Max

How to turn on the wide camera on iPhone

To shoot with an ultra wide-angle camera, set to ,5.

Cameras in iPhone 12 Pro and iPhone 12 Pro Max

How to Enable the Ultra Wide Camera on iPhone

And finally, for shooting with a telephoto lens, set the value to 2.

Cameras in iPhone 12 Pro and iPhone 12 Pro Max

How to turn on the telephoto camera on iPhone

We talked about the operation of each iPhone camera in more detail in this material.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to display photos or videos from iPhone or iPad to TV – 4 ways.

Use filters in real time

The iPhone camera allows you to apply filters when taking photos in real time. To use filters:

1. Open apps Camera.

2. Swipe up on the screen or tap the arrow on the top menu.

3. Click on the icon with three intersecting circles.

Standard filters in the iPhone camera: how to open and use

4. If you don’t see the filters icon, slide the toolbar from right to left.

Standard filters in the iPhone camera: how to open and use

5. Select the desired filter.

Standard filters in the iPhone camera: how to open and use

♥ BY TOPIC: How to quickly compare “before and after” the processed photo and the original on the iPhone or iPad.

Control exposure (change brightness)

In order to quickly change the brightness settings of the picture, touch the screen and after the yellow square appears, swipe (gestures) up or down the screen.

Focus Exposure in the iPhone Camera: Setting and Locking

For a more thorough exposure adjustment, you can use the appropriate tool, for this:

1. Open apps Camera.

2. Swipe up on the screen or tap the arrow on the top menu.

3. On the toolbar that appears, select the icon ± in a circle.

4. Move the exposure bar to the desired value.

5. Return to the exposure bar, if it is collapsed, by clicking on the mini-bar image in the upper left corner of the screen (detailed).

♥ BY TOPIC: How to straighten objects and correct perspective in photos on iPhone and iPad.

Lock focus and exposure

To ensure that the edited focus and exposure settings do not change when you move the camera, lock the focus. To do this, anywhere, press and hold your finger on the display for a couple of seconds. The exposure will lock and the display will show “Exposure/Focus Lock”.

Focus Exposure in the iPhone Camera: Setting and Locking

By clicking on it once, the focus will return to automatic mode (detailed).

♥ BY TOPIC: How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it.

Read QR codes on iPhone without installing third party apps

By default, the iPhone camera allows you to read at least 10 types of QR codes (detailed), including: website links, calendar data, adding contacts, navigation maps, connecting to a Wi-Fi network, etc.

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

If QR code recognition does not work, check if the option is enabled Scanning QR codes along the way Settings → Camera.

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to organize photos and videos into albums and folders in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad.

Apply the power of lighting effects in Portrait Mode

It often happens that at the moment of portrait shooting, an outsider, animal, object, etc. suddenly appears in the frame. If you think that such a picture was unsuccessful, do not rush to delete it. The iPhone lets you combat this phenomenon with the Portrait Mode lighting tools. This function itself is not new for a smartphone, it’s just that it is usually forgotten.

This feature can also be very useful for shooting in a crowded place, against an unattractive background, etc.

Follow these steps to enable and use Portrait Mode effects on iPhone.

1. Open the camera and swipe through the list above the shutter button to “Portrait”.

2. You can take a photo right away or use the lighting option instead. Apply lighting tools in portrait mode it is also possible for ready-made portrait photos located in the application Photo.

Possibilities of lighting effects in Portrait mode

Swipe across the bottom of the viewfinder to select natural, studio, or contour light. Or you can get creative by using stage lighting or high key to shoot in black and white.

Possibilities of lighting effects in Portrait mode Possibilities of lighting effects in Portrait mode

3. If you chose the option with some kind of lighting, just leave everything as it is and take the picture in the usual way.

♥ BY TOPIC: iPhone camera sound: how to enable or disable when taking a photo.

Get a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) with Live Photos

Probably not everyone knows that in order to get a long exposure photo on the iPhone, you can do without buying a third-party expensive application, such as Specter Camera. In order to shoot waterfalls, a ferris wheel, a stream of cars and other objects with a plume effect, you can use the standard features of the Live Photos function for free. For this.

1. Open the Camera app, go to the Photos tab, and turn on Live Photos mode.

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone using Live Photos

2. Take a photo of a moving subject such as a waterfall.

3. Open the Photos app and go to the tab Albums.

4. Find the Live Photos album and open the desired photo in it.

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone

5. If you have an iPhone running iOS 15 or later, click the LIVE button in the top left corner. In the list that appears, select Long exposure.

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone

If you have an iPhone running iOS 14 or older, swipe up (gesture) from the bottom to open Live Photos advanced options. Choose an effect Long exposure.

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone using Live Photos

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone using Live Photos

The resulting example:

How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone using Live Photos

♥ BY TOPIC: DMD Clone, or how to create a double in a photo (clone objects) in iPhone.

Use “Vertical Panoramas” to Capture Tall Objects

When photographing large (tall) objects, it is often very difficult to fit them into the frame. But thanks to the ability to shoot panoramic photos, it is much easier to do this. For this:

Just open the camera, turn on panorama shooting, and shoot with your iPhone 90 degrees beforehand.

20 iPhone Camera Features Every Apple Owner Should Know

An example of a vertical panorama:

How to shoot vertical panoramas on iPhone

We talked in detail about panoramic shooting on the iPhone in this article.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to Delete All Photos on iPhone and iPad at Once (Batch Delete in iOS).

Control your iPhone camera with your Apple Watch

This feature can turn the Apple Watch into a remote control for the iPhone’s camera. This will be very useful, for example, when taking photos with a tripod, or as a hidden shooting (an iPhone can be installed in one room, and start recording video on a smartphone using an Apple Watch from another).

To use your Apple Watch to control your iPhone camera:

1. Open the Camera app on your Apple Watch.

How to use the Camera (photos and videos) on Apple Watch

2. Разместите iPhone нужным способом в радиусе до 10 метров от Apple Watch (чем дальше, тем может быть больше задержка).

3. Откройте приложение Камера на iPhone и включите необходимый режим съемки: Фото, Видео, Таймлапс и т.д.

Как пользоваться Камерой (фото и видео) в Apple Watch

4. При необходимости коснитесь главного места на будущем фото (на экране Apple Watch), чтобы настроить экспозицию.

20 функций камеры iPhone, которые должен знать каждый владелец смартфона Apple

5. Нажмите кнопку спуска затвора для создания фото или запуска съемки видео.

Как пользоваться Камерой (фото и видео) в Apple Watch

При помощи Apple Watch можно включать вспышку, HDR, таймер и т.д. Более подробно обо всех возможностях мы рассказывали в этой статье.

♥ BY TOPIC: Как скинуть фото (видео) с Айфона на компьютер, USB-флешку или внешний жесткий диск.

Изменяйте при необходимости форматы съемки – JPEG, HEIC или ProRAW

Для съемки фото в iPhone по умолчанию используется сжатый формат HEIC, который считается более эффективным (занимает меньше места), чем JPEG. А с выходом iPhone 12 Pro была добавлена поддержка и третьего формата – ProRAW (подробно).

Для того чтобы изменить формат получаемых снимков, перейдите по пути: Настройки → Камера → Форматы и установите необходимое значение:

Высокоэффективный – позволяет получать фото в сжатом формате HEIC (может оказаться несовместимым в некоторых приложениях-редкаторах для Windows и Linux).

Наиболее совместимый – позволяет получать фото в сжатом формате JPEG.

Apple ProRAW – позволяет получать не сжатые фото размером около 25 МБ. Опция доступна только на iPhone 12 Pro и новее.

ProRAW в камере iPhone

ProRAW в камере iPhone

Примечание: для использование формата ProRAW необходимо также включить соответствующую опцию в самой камере iPhone.

ProRAW в камере iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: Как сортировать фото и видео при помощи поисковых фильтров в приложении «Фото» на iPhone и iPad.

Используйте Ночной режим

Ночной режим съемки в iPhone 11 и 11 Pro

Если вы используете iPhone 11 и новее, то попробуйте Ночной режим для съемок в условиях слабого освещения. Ночной режим включается автоматически при съемке, когда вы находитесь в условиях недостатка света. И хотя вы, безусловно, можете отрегулировать настройку экспозиции, другие люди, не являющиеся профессиональными фотографами, тоже могут без проблем делать отличные фотографии с помощью Ночного режима.

Ночной режим съемки в iPhone 11 и 11 Pro

Когда вы запустите приложение «Камера», чтобы сделать снимок, и оно обнаружит слабое освещение, то в верхнем левом углу экрана загорится желтым значок ночного режима. В зависимости от темноты освещения вы можете увидеть число, которое указывает, сколько времени потребуется для совершения снимка. Вы также можете при желании управлять этим временем и самостоятельно, нажав на значок и используя показанный внизу над кнопкой спуска ползунок.

Ночной режим в iPhone на iOS

Ночной режим работает с обычными фотографиями, селфи, портретным режимом и замедленным видео. Но в Ночном режиме Live Photos и вспышка не работают. Если они вам потребуются, то активируйте их вручную. Это приведет к отключению Ночного режима.

♥ BY TOPIC: Как подписывать фотографии в приложении Фото на iPhone для упрощения поиска.

Используйте сетку для правильной съемки сверху вниз

Для получения фотографий без искажений при съемке сверху вниз обязательно воспользуйтесь встроенным уровнем. Чтобы включить его, откройте приложение Settings, перейдите в раздел Камера и установите переключатель Сетка в положение Включено.

Как включить отображение уровня на iPhone при создании фото сверху вниз

Теперь при удерживании iPhone в горизонтальном положении, на экран будет выводиться специальный разметочный уровень в виде двух перекрестий. Совместите перекрестия — и получите идеально ровный кадр.

Как включить отображение уровня на iPhone при создании фото сверху вниз

♥ BY TOPIC: Color Accent: Как изменять отдельные цвета на фото на черно-белые в iPhone и iPad.

Воспользуйтесь встроенным сканером для получения качественных копий документов

С появлением приложения Файлы, iPhone и iPad научились качественно сканировать и сохранять цифровые копии электронных документов (сканы) в память устройства или в iCloud Drive.

Для того чтобы воспользоваться сканером, откройте программу «Файлы» на iPhone или iPad и выполните следующие действия:

1. Перейдите на вкладку «Обзор» в нижней части приложения «Файлы».

2. Нажмите кнопку «Еще» (значок в виде трех точек) в верхней части меню.

3. Выберите пункт меню «Отсканировать документы».

Как работает встроенный сканер на iPhone и iPad

Как работает встроенный сканер на iPhone и iPad

Более подробно процесс сканирования документов на iPhone и iPad описан в этом материале.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 функций iPhone, которые можно отключить большинству пользователей.

Быстро переходите к съемке видео из режима фото при помощи QuickTake

Функция QuickTake в камере iPhone позволяет одним касанием перейти к съемке видео в режиме «Фото». Просто нажмите на кнопку затвора в режиме «Фото» и продолжайте удерживать ее, чтобы мгновенно начать снимать видео.

Как только вы отпустите палец, камера снова перейдет к фото-режиму.

Что такое QuickTake на iPhone, или как снимать видео в режиме «Фото»

В случае, если удерживать кнопку затвора приходится долго, переместите палец в правую сторону до появившегося кружка. Это действие будет удерживать кнопку затвора в режиме «Видео» и палец можно освободить.

Что такое QuickTake на iPhone, или как снимать видео в режиме «Фото»

Что такое QuickTake на iPhone, или как снимать видео в режиме «Фото»

♥ BY TOPIC: Как автоматически улучшить качество фото на iPhone и iPad.

Используйте фонарик от другого iPhone вместо вспышки

Далеко не всегда при срабатывании автоматической вспышки получаются удачные снимки. В некоторых ситуациях куда лучше будет использовать вспышку в качестве фонарика на другом устройстве. Можно даже использовать для этого сразу несколько устройств. Освещенность объекта будет намного мягче. Ниже приведем пример для наглядности. Фото сделано ночью с выключенной вспышкой на iPhone, однако лицо было подсвечено фонариком (вспышкой) от другого iPhone.

Съемка портрета на iPhone 12 Pro при очень низкой освещенности в Ночном режиме

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: camera, features, iPhone, pictures

How to Set Erase iPhone After Incorrect Passcode Attempts

02/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

Many iPhone users are afraid that someday they will find themselves in the following situation: their gadget will fall into the hands of a person with bad intentions, and the attacker will simply enter the wrong password 10 times, after which iOS will automatically delete all data from the smartphone. But not everything is as scary as it seems.

♥ BY TOPIC: iPhone keeps track of all your movements (visited places): where to watch them and how to turn them off.

To begin with, this feature is disabled by default, and the vast majority of users will never have to deal with the fact that someone intentionally destroys their data.

If you have activated “Erase data” on the iPhone … then there are some subtleties here. Famous Apple blogger John Gruber talks about how the feature works “Erase data” in real life:

After the 5th failed attempt, iOS requires a 1-minute break before you can try again. At this time, only a call to the rescue service is allowed. After the 6th attempt, you get a 5 minute timeout. After the 7th – 15 minutes. In the future, these timeouts only increase, so it will take you more than 3 hours to make 10 attempts.

Erase data on iPhone after 10 wrong passcode attempts

In other words, Apple is giving you much more time to regain control of your device than you might think.

… If you have data that third parties are interested in (and this can harm you), it’s probably still worth activating the data wipe function – it’s quite possible that it’s better to lose everything than to let important information fall into the hands of completely unfriendly characters. But how to do that?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to make calls using Siri on iPhone, iPad, Mac, Apple Watch, EarPods, AirPods.

How to Enable “Erase Data” on iPhone

1. Open the app Settings.

2. Select Face ID (Touch ID) and passcode, enter your PIN.

3. Scroll to the end and activate the switch opposite the inscription Erasing data.

Erase data on iPhone after 10 wrong passcode attempts Erase data on iPhone after 10 wrong passcode attempts

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: attempts, erase, incorrect, iPhone, passcode, set

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac – a horror game based on the movie Alien

02/02/2022 by

[ad_1]

This game has become a whole event in the Survival Horror genre. At the heart of Alien: Isolation, as you might guess from the title, is the cult film Alien. Filmed in 1979, the space horror film has gained a whole army of fans and continues to inspire game designers to this day.


Download Alien: Isolation for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download Alien: Isolation for Mac (Mac App Store)

Alien: Isolation was developed by Creative Assembly and that’s another story in itself. Back in 1990, the team beat the opposition to aliens, and its Alien-themed demo interested the bosses from Sega, the company also owned the rights to games in this movie universe. As a result, a hit was born in 2014, which revised the rules that had formed in the genre. And later, Alien: Isolation, thanks to a new publisher, Feral Interactive, received a mobile version. Now it will be possible to hide from the Alien using a smartphone or tablet, and the horror movie has retained its main advantages.

The game takes us to the year 2137. The main character of “Alien” was Helen Ripley, 15 years have passed since her confrontation with the monster. It turned out that the brave lieutenant had a daughter, Amanda. She grew up and is now a 26-year-old woman working as a technician at the Nostromo Corporation, where her mother served.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

The mystery of her disappearance haunts Amanda. But here are traces of the disappeared ship – its black box is found at the Sevastopol space trading station. The woman goes there, hoping to get answers to questions about the fate of her mother. It is on the decommissioned space station in the depths of space that all the action will take place.

Of course, we are immediately made to understand that an easy walk is not to be expected. The Survival Horror genre itself hints that you will have to survive in an atmosphere of horror. The situation at the Sevastopol station is frankly inhospitable.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

Chaos and destruction reign everywhere here. Yes, there are people on the ship, but they seem crazy and preoccupied with questions of survival. Other inhabitants of the station are crazy androids who are fixated on moving around the station and constantly repeating the same questions. Finally, there is another inhabitant here that you do not want to meet. Someone is constantly scratching in the ventilation passages. It’s not hard to guess who we’re talking about. It is the Alien that is the main horror of the running station.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

We have to explore the huge premises of the space object. Of course, it is far from easy to get into all the rooms. Doors, as well as electronic devices, have to be cracked with the help of simple mini-games. The unhurried development of the plot is based not only on walks in order to complete the next task to advance the investigation, but also on the study of computer recordings and voice messages of the inhabitants of Sevastopol. Gradually, the whole picture of what happened to the space station, which, together with its inhabitants, became a hostage of corporate interests, will be revealed to Amanda. And the appearance of the Alien here only exacerbated the problems.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

Designers have successfully managed to create an atmosphere that will form an unconscious sense of anxiety. This traces the legacy of the cult film. As is usually the case in horror films, there will not be enough light, even the lamps wink in places. In the dim corridors, smoke escapes from the chimneys, giving rise to a sense of hidden danger. The artists, in their desire to inherit the atmosphere of the cult film, even created a special filter, borrowing not only loading screens, but also noise from VHS cassettes. The authors of the game tried to saturate it with details as much as possible, avoiding possible uniformity. On the tables you can find books and magazines opened by the former inhabitants of “Sevastopol”, near computers there is half-drunk coffee and knick-knacks, garbage left untaken out in the bins. Despite the abundance of rooms, they do not seem “cardboard”, all these details are clearly beneficial to the perception.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

The perception of the game is also helped by the sound, which not only accompanies the picture, but is a full-fledged participant in the transmission of that very feeling of anxiety and fear. We can hear something scratching in the ventilation, how the heroine’s shoes creak, even the walls seem to breathe. Yes, and the sound themes from Alien are carefully and appropriately transferred here.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

Of course, all this space must be filled. The people living at the station, oddly enough, turned out to be the most predictable characters. Against their background, Amanda is just a superhero. Kindred behavior is simple and predictable, although they try to destroy the intruder, most often they fail. Annoying survivors can either be shot, or simply set up for a more dangerous enemy. More dangerous androids, which are not so easy to destroy. They can come at you even after absorbing a few bullets and blazing with fire. Only their slowness saves, but a meeting with them can happen inopportunely when the main enemy roams nearby.

The appearance of the Alien in the game should not be surprising. But meeting with him really does not bode well for anything. He is a hunter for whom androids and station dwellers are small game. The main prey is Amanda. The creators of the game did their best, prescribing an alien monster. Made with a kind of love, the killing machine should really scare and arouse in the players the desire to survive. This monster likes unexpected appearances, he is smart, agile and extremely dangerous. It’s hard to believe that the Alien is controlled by written scripts – it’s painfully intelligent. Tracking down its game, the predator either sneaks along the corridors, or sits secretly in the ventilation and listens. And every careless sound can attract him. Fear of the monster’s appearance is an important part of the game.

Alien: Isolation for iPhone, iPad and Mac

Not only does he appear unpredictably, but he still cannot be killed with bullets or grenades, you can only scare him off with fire. The player will have to be as vigilant and varied as possible, because the xenomorph also remembers the actions of the enemy, the next time your successful technique may not work.

Ideal games do not exist. Alien: Isolation is based on an old story, I must say. This helps, because the careful transfer of the plot of the Alien universe, the recreation of interiors and a frightening disturbing atmosphere will surely appeal to fans not only of the film, but of the entire genre. And if you get paranoid in front of a xenomorph, then the goal has been achieved. There are a lot of pleasant things, mini-games, crafting weapons that successfully diversify the classic horror movie.

On the other hand, authentic gaming solutions seem a little outdated. They are trying to impregnate us more with the spirit reigning at the station, but they make the game only protracted. This is not the case when the passage will require 3-6 hours. Alien: Isolation will last for a couple of dozen hours, during which you will repeatedly encounter a dangerous monster and be disappointed in your careless tactics. But the creators of a really cool and impressive adventure want to forgive minor flaws. And the plot was not so superficial to quickly read it. The game came out great, and the enemy is really scary, unpredictable and dangerous. The design and audio are in keeping with the spirit of the classics that Alien: Isolation was a great addition to.

Download Alien: Isolation for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download Alien: Isolation for Mac (Mac App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: alien, based, game, Horror, iPad, iPhone, isolation, Mac, movie

How to turn an iPhone with AirPods into a spy microphone

31/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

It turns out that from a little-known function universal access, iPhone and AirPods wireless headphones can make a real “spy” device.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

How it works?

You activate the function on your Apple smartphone Hearing (instructions below), and then put it next to the sound source (the phone can be slightly covered with something so that it is not visible) and listen to what they say through AirPods.

It is very convenient if you have hearing problems, or you are, for example, at a lecture away from the teacher (you can put your smartphone closer to him and listen from afar with AirPods). At least for these purposes, the function was developed at Apple:

MFi (Made for iPhone) hearing aids and sound processors, and now AirPods, help you communicate even in noisy environments. Just turn on the feature “Live listening” and bring your iPhone closer to the person you’re talking to. This feature uses the microphone to help you hear what is being said.

But there are other use cases Rumor – and they are no longer so harmless.

If you have AirPods, you can activate the function Hearing and leave your phone in the room where the conversation is taking place and listen to what they are saying from a distance.

Of course, this is illegal – and just morally ugly, so we encourage everyone to use the function Hearing only for its intended purpose.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to control iPhone by turning your head.

How to turn on Hearing mode on iPhone and turn your AirPods smartphone into a spy device

1. Add a feature Hearing v iOS Control Center. For this:

Open the app Settings and go to section Control point.

2. Click the “+” next to the item Hearing (the blue icon with the image of a human ear is located at the bottom of the screen).

How to turn on Hearing mode on iPhone and turn your AirPods smartphone into a spy device

How to turn on Hearing mode on iPhone and turn your AirPods smartphone into a spy device

3. Insert AirPods into your ears, open Control Center, and click on the hearing icon. Next, you should hear a sound notification that the function is activated.

How to turn on Hearing mode on iPhone and turn your AirPods smartphone into a spy device

4. To hear the clearest audio from your AirPods, place your iPhone near the sound source so that the bottom of your smartphone (where the microphone is) is closest to it.

Useful advice: do not forget that you cannot move too far from the smartphone, because. range is determined by Bluetooth technology.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: AirPods, iPhone, microphone, spy, Turn

Reading books on iPhone: 10 useful tips

31/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

In iOS 12, Apple redesigned several system apps at once. One of them was the standard iBooks reader. The program received a new name – Books – and a number of new functions.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create an EPUB eBook for iPhone or iPad on Mac (macOS).

Apple Books – what is it?

This is Apple’s premier book reader app. In it you can read self-downloaded books, purchased e-books, buy new ones and – for the first time in history, this has never happened before – listen to audio books.

The program “understands” files in ePub, PDF and proprietary (developed by Apple) IBA – a format for books created in the iBooks Author proprietary application.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download books on iPhone and iPad for free and without a computer.

1. Use navigation

Starting in iOS 12 Books there is a new navigation menu. To access it, while reading, simply touch the screen anywhere. Immediately after that, you will see five icons at the top.

Apple Books (iBooks) is the best ePub reader for iPhone

The left one – in the form of an arrow – will return you to the library. The icon following it is responsible for displaying the table of contents of the book you are reading, bookmarks and notes. The other three buttons give access to increase-decrease fonts, search and create bookmarks, respectively.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to give guests a Wi-Fi password without naming it (QR code).

2. Take notes in the Books reader on iPhone and iPad

The standard iPhone and iPad reader has the ability to create notes as you read and return to them at any time. This is a very handy feature for students and those who work with “large” files and complex texts.

To create a note, press and hold your finger on the first word of your future note. Next, select the entire desired fragment completely. When you’re done, release your finger and select an option Highlight, and then click the quote icon.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

Notes can also be searched. To do this, open the navigation menu (recall: touch anywhere on the screen with your finger), click on the icon Content and select the tab Notes.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How the “Find on page” search option works in Safari on iPhone and iPad.

3. Highlight text

This process is very similar to adding notes. Tap on the word you want, hold your finger on the screen, and then select from the menu Highlight and click on the icon with multi-colored circles.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

There are several colors to choose from for highlighting text – yellow (default), green, red, blue and purple. If desired, the text can also not be highlighted in color, but underlined in red.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

In addition, the selection can be shared or deselected.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to enable Hotspot mode and share Internet (Wi-Fi) from iPhone or iPad.

4. Bookmark the Books Reader on iPhone and iPad

Another way to quickly return to what you read (although not as convenient) is bookmarks. To add a bookmark, open the navigation menu and select the bookmark icon in the upper right corner.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

After you add a bookmark, its icon will turn red.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download videos from VK (VKontakte) to iPhone or iPad and watch without the Internet.

5. Dictation

If right now you want to listen, not read, and your document does not have an audio version, turn on Apple dictation, and a computer voice will announce all the information. Of course, it is better not to subject fiction to such “torture”, but with educational materials, legal documents, etc. information, it is very possible to do so.

To enable dictation, select the desired piece of text and select the appropriate option from the menu that appears.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

In case the option pronounce is not among the possible options, you must enable the option pronunciation along the way Settings → Accessibility → Oral content.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: Bookmarks on iPhone and iPad: how to add, create folders, Favorites, settings.

6. Customize your reading display in Books on iPhone and iPad

Apple knows that people have a hard time reading displays for long periods of time. Therefore, Cupertinians are constantly adding new tools to iOS to combat eye fatigue, which, according to statistics, affects 9 out of 10 computer users. At Books There are six “per theme” settings:

  • Brightness. Use the slider to adjust the application to a brightness that is comfortable for your eyes.
  • Font size. Here you will have to decide what is best for you – to fit more text on the screen (but it will be smaller, and your eyes will strain more) or “flip through” the pages more often, but enjoy large and eye-friendly text.
  • Fonts. Nine fonts are available in the application – Original, Athelas, Charter, Georgia, Iowan, Palatino, San Francisco, Seravek and Times New Roman.
  • Background color. White color strains the eyes more, so in Books there are other background screensavers – in sepia, granite and black colors.
  • “Night” (auto mode). When activated (it is already enabled by default), in the evening, the iPhone will automatically change the “sharp” blue colors on the screen to softer yellow shades.
  • Vertical scroll. Why turn pages when you can read them like web pages – by scrolling down? :).

These settings are accessed from the navigation menu (icon with letters “aa”).

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: 10 features of the Notes app on iPhone and iPad that you might not know about.

7. Audiobooks with Siri

Books Tightly integrated with Siri, so you can easily ask your personal assistant to play an audiobook on any device.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

8. Content synchronization

What does this mean? That all the books that you read or have read will be available on all your devices – from where you left off reading, with all the bookmarks, text highlights and other changes. Synchronization is carried out through Apple’s proprietary cloud service – iCloud. To enable it, on all devices open Settings, tap your account icon, select iCloud, and turn on the toggle next to iCloud Drive and Books.

How to properly sync contacts on iPhone with iCloud

iCloud settings

Note: If you only want to sync books purchased from the Apple Store and not your ePubs and PDFs, don’t activate iCloud Drive.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to edit video on iPhone: crop, overlay text, music, flip, glue, etc.

9. PDF Manager in the Books App on iPhone and iPad

New Books also work as a PDF reader. PDF files and emails are saved directly to the application – to do this, in Mail or Safari, simply open the PDF, and then click on the icon Share and select an option “Books”.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

It is also possible to add handwritten notes to PDF files – to do this, click on the icon with a pen at the top of the screen. In this way, it is very easy to sign documents electronically and send them back without printing and scanning.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

10. New menu in the Books app since iOS 12

There are four new tabs in the updated Books: Reading now, Library, book store and Search. Content Store Russian-speaking readers are not very interested yet – only books in English are available there. It’s a pity – after all Books created in the image and likeness of Apple Music, and the more you tell the program about your preferences with the help of “likes” and “dislikes”, the more interesting books it offers you.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

Another interesting option is located in Library. Go to this tab and click on the icon that says Collections at the top of the screen. Here are all the books you’ve read on your iOS devices – even the ones you forgot about a long time ago! Worthy of attention and section I want to read – here you can add those books for which you do not have time yet.

Apple Books is the best ePub reader for iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: books, iPhone, reading, tips

DISCOUNT (Rs 479 → Rs 179) To the Moon for iPhone and iPad – a soulful indie RPG with a touching storyline

31/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Not everyone favors indie games, which have also been awarded various “independent” festival prizes. At the mention of such projects, one often comes up with a picture of some cheap craft, with a dull dramatic plot and primitive pixel graphics. However, even among such creativity there are games that resonate in the hearts of the general public. For example, a project in the adventure genre “To the Moon”, which the developers transferred in 2017 to iOS and Android mobile platforms.

Download To the Moon for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

The plot of the game is quite interesting. In the future, scientists have learned to rewrite people’s memory. One of the applications of this discovery was the ability to edit the memories of a single person in such a way that, contrary to the real state of affairs, he believed that he lived his life happily, making all his dreams come true. Due to the fact that such an intervention in the depths of consciousness turned out to be an expensive procedure, it was usually ordered only before death. This made it possible for a person, at least at the end of his existence, to feel that he had lived a wonderful life and managed to translate into reality all his dreams, projects and desires.

Before us appears the main character – an old man who is near death, who is surrounded by those same scientists. They are ready to start the memory editing process, so they exchange a couple of phrases with him and start the memory replacement mechanism. The hero turns out to be decades younger, and all the opportunities that come up in his life get a new chance to be realized. From childhood, the old man dreamed of visiting the moon and, thanks to this journey into his past, he can rewrite it anew, live it the way he wanted.

to the moon game for iPhone and iPad

So, the player will have to take part, together with the main character, in the most memorable events of his life – he will be able to trace the entire path of the character from the cradle to old age. Together with the main character, he will witness simple joys and sorrows, experience many bright moments and will be able to watch the series of successes and failures of an ordinary person. It may sound boring, but in fact the project To the Moon for iPhone and iPad surprises with its special spiritual mood, which is rarely found among the products of the gaming industry.

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablik.com.

to the moon game for iPhone and iPad

The developers refer to their offspring as JRPG (Japanese Role-Playing Game – Japanese role-playing game). However, it differs from the examples of this genre in its peacefulness: no fights, skirmishes and other combat elements. But in the project there are many simple puzzles and interesting areas that will need to be explored. The graphics, of course, are far from perfect, but in this case it plays a secondary role, and it fits perfectly into the overall picture. The wonderful soundtrack deserves special mention.

to the moon game for iPhone and iPad

Download To the Moon for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 179, 479, DISCOUNT, indie, iPad, iPhone, Moon, RPG, soulful, storyline, touching

DISCOUNT (Rs 579 → Rs 99) Agent A for iPhone and iPad is an award-winning stylish spy puzzle game

29/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Often games, the denouement of which forces us to radically reconsider our attitude towards them as a whole, cause justified fears. That’s Agent A for iPhone and iPad, right up to the finale, is an extremely stylish and addictive point-and-click puzzle game, devoid of most of the shortcomings that projects in this category often suffer from.

Download Agent A for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

in a puzzle Agent A the player is offered to try on the guise of a secret agent in order to find and neutralize the cunning and dangerous spy Ruby La Rouge. The latter, perhaps, was conceived by the creators as some variation of the “fatal woman”, but the track record of her excesses deprives her of any hint of charm. In particular, at the very beginning of the game it becomes known that she blew up the whole ship and sent almost a detachment of innocent people to the next world.

Despite the fact that the windows of her villa go straight to the sea, the waves of which still carry the wreckage of that very blown up boat, the special services cannot in any way track down the criminal. And only Agent A seems to be able to find the source of daring espionage machinations.

Agent A for iPhone and iPad is a stylish point-and-click spy puzzle

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablik.com.

As with all point-and-click adventure games, Agent A the player will have to search for items, collect them and, from time to time, connect with other things to solve puzzles. All the action will take place in the Ruby La Rouge mansion, the numerous rooms and premises of which will need to be searched, trying to find both the villain herself and evidence of her involvement in espionage and murder.

Agent A for iPhone and iPad is a stylish point-and-click spy puzzle

What really impresses in the game is some kind of inherent harmony in it – it seems that there is nothing superfluous in it. However, not in Agent A and complex riddles, however, each of them is directly related to the plot and is aimed at the very process of catching the villain, which somewhat shifts the focus directly from puzzles. At the same time, of the elements encountered on the way, there is not a single superfluous one that runs counter to the logic of the narrative and the game as a whole. Management is also the most thoughtful and therefore extremely easy to learn.

♥ BY TOPIC: Knock-Knock-Knock for iPhone and iPad is an unusual survival horror from Russian developers.

Agent A for iPhone and iPad is a stylish point-and-click spy puzzle

And precisely because of this general consistency and lack of roughness, this project is unlikely to be recommended to those connoisseurs of the genre who see its main charm in the most complex riddles. There won’t be any here, just as there won’t be in Agent A and explosive plot twists. Quiet, smooth and exemplary “smooth” gameplay, where every little thing is in its place and does not predict any surprises – good or bad.

Agent A for iPhone and iPad is a stylish point-and-click spy puzzle

The game “Agent A” is a puzzle-series, consisting of five chapters:

1. “Puzzle undercover”
2. “The chase continues”
3. “Ruby’s Trap”
4. “By a hair”
5. “Last Strike”

Download Agent A for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 579, Agent, awardwinning, DISCOUNT, game, iPad, iPhone, puzzle, spy, stylish

DISCOUNT (Rs 899 → Rs 549) Review of Crying Suns for iPhone and iPad: for all FTL lovers

28/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

For many, it will be news that the rogue-lite genre has long gone beyond dungeons and is mastering outer space with might and main. And the classic of this kind of bagels is the game FTL (Faster Then Light). Pixel graphics, adventures and battles – everything is as it should be. Now this game is considered the gold standard of the genre. In addition, she feels good on mobile devices, so few people can compete with her. But many have tried to throw down the gauntlet. But how can you improve something that works so well?

Download Crying Suns for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

In 2015, a small French studio Alt Shift took to Kickstarter with their space roguelike project. It was possible to collect almost three times more than the planned funds. And so the space bagel Crying Suns was born. Here, as in FTL, you also have to fly between planets, collect garbage in space and improve your ship, crew, take part in battles. While the best features of FTL remain, the game has a face of its own. The difference is made by tactical battles and a rather interesting plot.

It is difficult to meet a bagel with a deep story behind it. The success of Crying Suns is largely based on this. We are no longer the faceless and nameless captain of a spaceship. Our hero is Admiral Ellis Idaho himself, an imperial hero. Rather, we will manage his clone, which was revived by the droid Caliban on a distant planet. The robot informs us that communication with the empire was interrupted, something massive and mysterious happened.

Review of the game Crying Suns

Idaho will have to go into the depths of space and find out what happened. A command is given to help him, and Caliban will accompany and answer questions. The captain’s loss of memory is only to help us, together with him we receive from the droid a grain of necessary information about this world and its technologies.

In total, the game has several chapters. In each of them, we fly through star clusters from one star and its planets to others. During the journey, the player will encounter both peaceful civilian or commercial starships, as well as openly hostile ones. In addition, ground landings are also available. In them, as in battles, an important role is assigned to our officers. Team selection is based on useful skills. Some will give a bonus in battle or repair, others will affect the generation of events. Assigned officers automatically explore the planet, we get only the results of this action.

Review of the game Crying Suns

But in battle, the player will have to sweat, especially since the space in Crying Suns is not at all quiet and silent. There will be many hostile meetings, most often it will develop into a fight. A battle is not like firing two ships from a distance. Auxiliary fighters are also actively used here to counter the enemy’s strategy. The player will have to decide how to use the resources at his disposal. Passivity, as well as excessive activity, can lead to unwanted losses.

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablyk.

The battle is fought on a separate tactical map divided into hexagons. Each ship has the ability to launch multiple units of different classes. Squadrons have their own level and unique features. Yes, and mother ships can shoot from a distance. Over tactics will have to think, and without risk anywhere.

Review of the game Crying Suns

In general, risk management is an important part of the game. We constantly have to choose: whether to invest all the resources in updating the ship or wait, whether to check the abandoned space station or not, whether to investigate the anomalous system or deal with peaceful traders. Should you send a squad to the site of a mysterious crash, or save your team?

But the need to make choices is part of the overall story and core gameplay, created according to the canons of roguelikes: live, learn, die, repeat. Regardless of what happens to you, nothing fatal will happen. The death of Admiral Idaho will simply lead to the resurrection of his clone, with all the accumulated knowledge. Yes, it is inconvenient, but it will not affect the development of the game.

Review of the game Crying Suns

The game also has its drawbacks – you will not find such FTL variability here. It will not work to create a unique ship with unusual capabilities. Yes, and the officers are not pumped, they can simply be replaced with others. Each chapter actually resets all game progress, forcing you to start it all over again. In terms of gameplay, the mechanics will not change after the first chapter. But the unique story will not let you get bored completely – the plot is an equal component of this bagel.

The pixel art, already classic for this genre, also helps the immersion. It is sustained in a single style and well detailed. And the traced space panoramas that we admire in the cabin of the ship are really impressive. Even sparse animations are quite consistent with the harsh spirit of the suddenly mysterious post-apocalyptic world.

Review of the game Crying Suns

All in all, Crying Suns is a game that fans of roguelikes and strategy games will enjoy playing. Encounters will really make you think about how to use the features of the map and what targets are better to choose. You can’t win by brute force alone. Interacting with NPCs often has lasting, if sometimes repetitive, consequences. Minimalistic graphics do not slide into simplicity, pleasing with details. In any case, Crying Suns is able to generate feelings of exploration and discovery, unraveling mysteries and finding the lost.

Download Crying Suns for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 549, 899, Crying, DISCOUNT, FTL, iPad, iPhone, lovers, review, Suns

How to refresh a page in Safari on iPhone and iPad: 3 ways?

27/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Often you have to refresh the page in the browser. This task is of particular relevance on the iPhone, because you often have to control your smartphone with one hand, and the location of the address bar with its elements at the bottom of the screen makes it difficult to operate. But there are several options to refresh the page in Safari on mobile devices at once, and we’ll talk about them.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to close all open Safari tabs on iPhone or iPad with one tap.

How to quickly refresh a webpage in Safari for iPhone and iPad?

To refresh a web page in Safari on iPhone and iPad, you can click the page reload icon in the address bar, a special keyboard shortcut, or swipe down on a web page.

Address bar

Whether Safari’s address bar is at the top or bottom, there’s a special page reload icon at the right edge of the address bar. Conveniently, this shortcut can be quickly pressed with one hand when the address bar is located at the bottom of the working window.

How to Refresh a Web Page in Safari on iPhone or iPad: 3 Ways?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to block a number on iPhone, how to view and remove numbers from the black list.

Pull to refresh

Last but not least, you can refresh any web page by pulling it down from top to bottom. If you’ve already scrolled, simply tap the iOS status bar to go to the top of the page, then drag down to refresh.

How to Refresh a Web Page in Safari on iPhone or iPad: 3 Ways?

This pull-to-refresh gesture is especially handy when using iPhone in one-handed mode, with one notable exception. If your iPhone is too big for comfortable one-handed use, you may not be able to reach the status bar with your thumb.

In this case, you should switch to displaying the address bar at the bottom by pressing the “aA” menu and then selecting the option “Show bottom tab bar”. This will make it much easier for you to click on the reload icon in the address bar to refresh the web page you are currently viewing.

How to lower/raise the address bar (search bar) in Safari on iPhone

How to Refresh a Web Page in Safari on iPhone or iPad: 3 Ways?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to quickly create complex reminders using Siri, including links, app actions, location, and more.

Key combination

If you are using a Bluetooth wireless keyboard with an iPhone or iPad, you can use a special keyboard shortcut Command (⌘) + R on keyboard. This will also refresh the webpage currently being viewed.

Additional tip: to display a list of all keyboard shortcuts that the application supports, just press and hold the key Command (⌘). In fact, you can choose the “Refresh Page” command or any other command directly from this prompt window.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to get (and send) a link to photos stored on your iPhone or iPad.

Conclusion. It’s great that there are several options for refreshing the page!

Usually people work with their smartphones and tablets without a keyboard connected to them, so what about using a combination Command (⌘) + R do not have to speak. It would be logical to click on the reload icon in the address bar.

The problem is that it is not always visible, since from time to time it can be either above or below, depending on the user’s preferences. Yes, the icon is small. This means that users most often use the “drag to refresh” method as the most intuitive gesture for refreshing a web page in Safari. At least on the iPhone it is.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, page, refresh, Safari, ways

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

27/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Widgets that appeared on the iPhone home screen with the release of iOS 14 are great, but some of them still have flaws. In particular, the Photos app widget is disappointing. This tool gives you the nice feeling of having your favorite photos on your home screen next to the app icons. But, on the other hand, every hour the picture changes randomly without any our participation. And although you can no longer change the behavior of this widget itself, there is still a way to get the images you need on the home screen.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create custom widgets on iPhone using the Widgetsmith app.

Since the release of iOS 14, third-party app developers have created quite a few new widgets that work on both the home screen and the Today screen. Many of them are for single purpose applications. The developers happily rushed to fix the nuances that Apple missed in their own widgets. We’ll have to turn to third-party apps that allow us to choose which image or images you want to display in the widget on the iPhone home screen and when.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

Video:

Choose a third-party app to install widgets

When you’re faced with having to choose a third-party widget to showcase your photos, there’s certainly a choice. Some apps provide options for selecting multiple images, while others allow you to add text. There are even widgets that overlay information from the calendar on top of the picture. But if all you need is a virtual frame to display a photo on your home screen, any widget of this kind, advanced or not, is likely to work for you.

Some of the available third party photo widgets

Custom Widgets – Photo & Text: You can use a total of three images, one of which will be displayed on the widget. You can change how the photo is displayed by expanding it, changing the background color, or using an analog clock, text, or the current date at the top.

Home Photo Widget: You can add an unlimited number of images to the application and then create a static widget for each of them.

Locket-Photo Widgets (99 rubles): You choose an album for each widget, the number of images you want to see from it, and how often the widget should change images.

Photobox Widget: You can use the widget in three different sizes, in addition, the widget allows you to select multiple photos that will randomly change every ten minutes. It is possible to add a message and crop photos.

PHOTO ALBUM (Photo Widget): for each widget created, a separate photo album is formed with any number of photos. You can change the brightness of the image, the frequency of its change, show the name of the widget’s album.

Photo Widget (99 rubles): for the widget, you create albums, each of which can store up to six photos, and you can show several images at the same time, either individually or in a grid.

photo widget: You can add one or more photos to one widget (three different sizes). You can change the photo update interval, add a date or caption overlay.

Photo Widget – Pin Photo: You can create a widget for a single image or for albums, from which images will be selected every minute. You can also add a title to each widget.

Photo Widget: You need to create albums with any number of photos, and then set a widget for each collection. Each widget has six options for the time interval for changing images.

Photo Widget – The best one: You can add one or more images to each widget, customize it to use one of your photo albums. Photos change according to your individual timer. You can set the widget to open a website when you click on it.

PictureWidget: You add five photos to the app at once. Only one image will be displayed for the home screen widget. More customization options are available for the old-style widget.

All these applications generally work identically. In this article, we will look at creating a photo widget using the Photo Widget application as an example.

♥ BY TOPIC: Themes for iPhone (new icons): how to change, where to download, how to make money on it.

Select photos for the widget

After you install the app of your choice on your iPhone, open it. Looking for something that looks like a button “Add”. In the application photo widget, for example, she (Add Album) is right in the middle. Click on the button and give a name to the created album.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

Then click on the button to add photos to the created album (Add Photos). A window will open where you can view all the photos in the Photos app, including all your albums.

To select the photo you want to use, just touch it. If you select multiple images, the widget will cycle through them instead of displaying just one statically. When you’re happy with your choice, just click “Add”.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Disable “Show Date in Widget” (Optional)

Default application photo widget shows the date when displaying photos. If this suits you, move on to the next step. However, if you want a simple blank photo on your home screen, this feature needs to be turned off. Open the Widget tabSettings» (Settings) and deactivate the switch next to «Show date in widget» (Show Date in Widget). In addition, here you can also select the interval for changing photos – section Photo Refresh Interval.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to hide unnecessary pages with applications from the home screen on the iPhone and iPad.

Add a widget to your iPhone screen

To do this, press and hold your finger on the background of the main screen until you enter the icon wiggle mode. Now click the plus (+) button in the top left corner of the screen.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

Find in the list photo widget. It may immediately appear as a suggested widget, but if not, you need to scroll down and select it from the list.

Once you do that, you’ll see three suggested widget sizes (small, medium, and large). When you decide which one suits you, click “Add Widget” or drag it directly to the home screen to the desired location.

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

How to make a widget with specific photos (albums) on iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: albums, iPhone, photos, specific, widget

DISCOUNT (Rs 679 → Rs 179) Titan Quest – Action RPG Game for iPhone and iPad

27/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

DotEmu Studio continues to port legendary games to iPhone and iPad. Along with Heroes of Might and Magic for iOS, Titan Quest action role-playing game for iOS devices was also presented.

Download Titan Quest for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

The original version for personal computers hit the market about ten years ago. Since the game was very popular, the developers decided to transfer it to the “apple” platform. As a result, the mobile version of Titan Quest was supplemented with some changes, which, however, did not affect the overall atmosphere at all.

Titan Quest Game - Action RPG for iPhone and iPad

The plot of the game is this. One day, the titans break free from their imprisonment and threaten the existence of the world as a whole. The gods are unable to cope with the rebels alone and therefore call for the help of heroes. The user will have to manage one of these characters, protecting humanity and the whole world from the fury of the titans.

Titan Quest Game - Action RPG for iPhone and iPad

The iPhone and iPad version of Titan Quest has improved graphics and touch controls compared to the original game. Gamers expect more than 60 hours of passage, 80 types of enemies, more than 1000 useful items and access to 150 combat skills. There are also no in-app purchases in the game. You can save in the “cloud” so that you can then continue to play from any iOS gadget.

Titan Quest Game - Action RPG for iPhone and iPad

The price of Titan Quest in the App Store is 679 rubles. The game is compatible with all “apple” gadgets controlled by iOS 9 and above.

Download Titan Quest for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 179, 679, action, DISCOUNT, game, iPad, iPhone, quest, RPG, Titan

How to Close All Open Safari Tabs on iPhone or iPad with One Tap

26/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

With the release of iOS 10, the limit on the number of open tabs in Safari on iPhone or iPad has disappeared. This holiday of life will surely end for some users with a complete mess when working with the browser and further torment when trying to manually close a hundred pages. But there are also easier ways to deal with countless tabs.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to close all tabs in Safari in one click on iOS or iPadOS

one. On your iPhone or iPad (with iOS 10 and above), open the Safari browser;

2. Press and hold the tab switching button located in the lower right corner of the screen until a pop-up window appears;

3. In the window that appears, click on the “Close all tabs“.

How to Close All Open Safari Tabs on iPhone or iPad with One Tap

This method, although not the most obvious, is simple and effective. There is also an alternative option: if you entered the tab switching mode and are viewing them, then after pressing and holding the “Ready“, as well as pressing the button”Close all tabs»Achieve instant closing of all pages.

How to Close All Open Safari Tabs on iPhone or iPad with One Tap

♥ BY TOPIC: Themes for iPhone (new icons): how to change, where to download, how to make money on it.

How to set up automatic closing of open tabs in Safari on iPhone and iPad

And with the release of iOS 13, Safari introduced a feature that allows you to automatically close open tabs after a certain time. To configure the function, follow the path: Settings → Safari → Closing tabs and set the desired time period (a day later, a week later, a month later).

How to Close All Open Safari Tabs on iPhone or iPad with One Tap

How to Automatically Close Safari Tabs on iPhone and iPad

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: close, iPad, iPhone, open, Safari, tabs, tap

Blacklist on iPhone: where is it located and how to block a contact

26/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Cold calls (when you do not expect to be called), unpleasant or just annoying people – from time to time each of us really wants to use the services of the so-called “black list”. But not everyone knows how to do it! A brief educational program on the topic awaits you below.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to block all calls from unknown and hidden numbers on iPhone.

Video instruction:

What happens if you block someone’s number on iPhone

When blocking an unwanted number (adding it to the “black list”) on the iPhone, the caller will not be able to get through to you – he will always be “busy” in the handset. In this case, you will not receive any notifications – i.e. You won’t know if a blocked number called.

♥ BY TOPIC: Silent mode on iPhone and Do not disturb mode are different.

How to block a number on iPhone

1. On your iPhone, open the app Telephone (green badge with white tube);

2. Open a tab Recent or Contacts;

3. Find the number you want to blacklist;

4. Click on the icon with the letter “i” (Information) to his right;

5. Scroll down the page to the very end and click on the inscription Block a subscriber.

How to block a number on iPhone

6. Confirm the action.

How to block a number on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: How to call (dial a subscriber) on a locked iPhone.

How to View Blocked Numbers on iPhone and Unblock Caller If You Want

If you decide that for one reason or another you do not need a blocked contact, do the following:

1. Open the app Settings;

2. Find the section in the list Telephone;

3. Go to the section Blocked contacts;

How to block a number on iPhone

4. Click Edit and then on the white “minus” in the red circle to remove the number from the blocked list or swipe from right to left and press Unlock.

Now this subscriber will be able to reach you.

How to block a number on iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: blacklist, block, contact, iPhone, located

Death Squared for iPhone and iPad is an explosive indie robot puzzle game

26/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Australian indie studio SMG Studio already has some great mobile games to its credit, including Thumb Drift, Over The Top Tower Defense, and the One More Line (Jump, Bounce) series. In 2017, the developers released the explosive puzzle game Death Squared for consoles, which offered co-op playthroughs for two and four people. Then the game was ported to the Nintendo Switch, and in early 2018 it was also released on iOS.

Download Death Squared for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

In Death Squared you have to control square robots. The task is simple – you need to guide the robot to a certain point on the level, overcoming insidious traps and dangers along the way. Despite a few annoying aspects and simple humor, the combination of fun puzzles and game design will bring many pleasant moments, both in co-op and in single player mode. When playing in single player mode, solving puzzles will not require simultaneous actions, but you will have to adapt to controlling two different characters.

Death Squared (RORORORO) game for iPhone and iPad

In the mobile version of Death Squared, full-fledged multiplayer has disappeared, but a cooperative mode has appeared, where you and a friend can play on the same phone or tablet, controlling characters using two joysticks. Although some puzzles that require coordination are easier to solve with two people, coordinating with a partner can be a challenge.

The presence of co-op and single-player mode is an interesting approach for a mobile game, which, in fact, offers two gameplays in one project.

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

Death Squared (RORORORO) game for iPhone and iPad

The developers took another non-standard approach: the left joystick is responsible for controlling the red robot, and the right joystick is responsible for blue, although it is usually the other way around (left – blue, right – red). For example, on the Nintendo Switch console, the left Joy-Con is blue and the right is red. In single player mode, this discrepancy can be a little confusing for some players, but there will be no problems in co-op.

Death Squared (RORORORO) game for iPhone and iPad

You need to carefully monitor the movement of your character and not get too close to the edge of the protective block, otherwise your robot may fall under the fire of lasers. This can be somewhat annoying at times when a few very careful steps must be taken to solve a puzzle and even the slightest mistake works against the player.

The game offers a large number of levels: 80 story levels and about 30 additional levels of increased difficulty, which open after completing the story campaign.

Death Squared (RORORORO) game for iPhone and iPad

For a game with a minimalistic style and square protagonists, the picture quality of Death Squared is more than decent. Hats and masks are especially touching, thanks to which the robots feel like real characters, and not just square boxes in a maze.

Death Squared shows itself in all its glory when playing in team mode, and perhaps someone will find the console version more interesting. But the mobile version also has something to offer. You can play solo or play with a friend on the same iPhone or iPad.

Death Squared (RORORORO) game for iPhone and iPad

The cost of Death Squared in the App Store is 549 rubles. The game is compatible with iPhone, iPad and iPod touch based on iOS 8.0.

Download Death Squared for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Death, explosive, game, indie, iPad, iPhone, puzzle, robot, Squared

Get link to photos stored on iPhone: how to do

25/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

A little-known iOS feature: if you want to share a lot of photos and videos with certain users, and not clutter up messenger chats (which are growing in size due to such actions), just create a special link to view and download content a la Dropbox, Google Photos or Yandex.Disk.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

Imagine: you have taken some cool photos or videos and you want your friends to see them right now. How to do it? Of course, you can send them to a social network or send a personal message via messenger. But “VKontakte” or “Facebook” they still need to be uploaded. Yes, and sending full-sized images or videos to the “PM” requires both you and the recipient to have a good Internet connection right here and now. No, really – do you like to receive archives with “photos” weighing tens and hundreds of megabytes in Telegram, Viber or WhatsApp?

Apple offers a different path. Access to the content that you want to show people is carried out through a special iCloud link. One click – and your friends get to a special page where you can view and even download your favorite photos for a month. Very convenient – especially if a friend does not have an iPhone, but Android. And yes – this will not affect your iCloud limit in any way.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to give guests a Wi-Fi password without naming it (QR code).

To create iCloud sharing links:

Open the app Settings, click on your first and last name, select iCloud → Photos and activate the switch opposite the inscription Photo iCloud. Keep in mind that if the photos on the device take up more than 5 GB and you do not use a paid plan to increase the space in iCloud (that is, you only have 5 GB of free space), then it is better to refuse this method of sharing photos (videos). For the feature to work properly, you must always have more space in iCloud than the photos and videos on your device take up.

iCloud settings

How to Get (and Send) a Link to Photos Stored on an iPhone or iPad

After enabling the option Photos in iCloud all your Photos or videos from iPhone or iPad will be uploaded to iCloud. You can check at icloud.com (open from computer) in the Photos web app.

Photos in iCloud

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download videos from VK (VKontakte) to iPhone or iPad and watch without the Internet.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

1. Open the app Photo on your iPhone or iPad running iOS 12 or later.

2. Click Select in the upper right corner.

3. Select one or more photos/videos to send.

4. Press the button Share.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

5. In the bottom row of icons, select Copy link.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

Next, a message appeared on the screen with information. that the selected photos and videos are preparing to be sent. Depending on their number, this may take some time.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

6. The link will be copied to the clipboard. Just paste it into the text field of the messenger or e-mail and send.

You can also get the download link in two other ways:

Method 1

Click on the required card Preview In chapter Recent General, then tap on the ellipsis menu.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

From the menu that appears, select Copy iCloud Link.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

Method 2

Press and hold your finger on the thumbnail card. In the context menu that appears, select Copy iCloud Link.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

You can open sharing links to iCloud.com from a browser on any mobile device, laptop or desktop computer.

If you receive such a link to photos in the mail and open them on a mobile device, the following options are possible:

  • On iOS devices, previews of photos sent to you open in the Photos app.
  • On devices with other operating systems (Android, etc.), you are redirected to the download page hosted on iCloud.com.
  • On desktops and laptops, clicking the link launches a browser and takes you to a stylish iCloud.com download page.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

How to add (save) photos and videos from shared links to your library

As mentioned above, content via iCloud links will be available for a month. If you want to see photos and videos shared for you at a later date, it’s best to upload them to your device’s media library.

To do this, follow the link sent to you with photos and click the button Add all.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

After that, all selected media files will be downloaded to your device in their original resolution.

On the computer, the same actions – follow the sharing link, select the desired pictures and click on the blue button Download. All selected photos and videos will be downloaded as a single ZIP file or added to your library Photo iCloud, respectively.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that most users can turn off.

How to remove a photo or video from public access via a link

1. Open the Photos app on your iPhone or iPad.

2. Click the tab For you.

3. Select an album in the section Recent General.

4. Click on the ellipsis menu.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

5. From the menu that appears, select Close access.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

You can do it even easier, the same menu can be called up by pressing and holding on the card Preview.

How to get a link to a photo or video that is in iPhone (iCloud)

As a result, all previews with your photos and videos will disappear from users’ devices and from the corresponding page on iCloud.com. But the photos and videos that other users have downloaded to their devices will remain with them.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, link, photos, stored

Review of Baldur’s Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad

25/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

For many gamers around the world, the Baldur’s Gate series of games has a special nostalgic feeling. It was she who became one of the fundamental games that determined the further development of the RPG genre. Baldur’s Gate was made according to the second edition of the rules of the tabletop role-playing game Dungeons and Dragons and developed by the famous studio BioWare.

Download Baldur’s Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Both for fans of the series and for ordinary video game fans, the release of Baldur’s Gate 2: Enhanced Edition on iOS was a real event.

The game features a thoughtful universe, non-linear narrative and special attention to various small details.

Review of Baldur's Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad

Development of the supplemented edition Baldur’s Gate 2: Enhanced Edition one of the divisions of the Beamdog online store, namely the Overhaul Games studio, was engaged. Notably, Beamdog was founded by BioWare alum Trent Oster. The enhanced version already includes the Throne of Bhaal add-on.

The player will have to overcome the difficult path of the son or daughter of the god of murderers Baal. On the journey, the hero will be helped by party members who can be taken with up to six characters. Allies, as always, and was accepted in the series, have a well-written personality, expressed in habits, character, beliefs. In the course of the game, you can quarrel with them, disagree, weave intrigues and twist novels.

Review of Baldur's Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad

The action of the game takes place in a variety of interesting locations, including the island of pirates, vampire dungeons, dragon caves, an underwater city and, no less, in hell itself. The places are inhabited by all sorts of monsters and other dangerous enemies.

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

When exploring locations, the character will find himself in various situations that often intersect with each other and the decisions made during the execution in one quest may remind you of yourself in another. Tasks are full of ingenious puzzles, but problems can also be solved with the help of force, since the player is provided with a wide selection of different weapons for this. In addition, a tactical pause function is available to the player, allowing them to carefully consider their next attack.

Review of Baldur's Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad

A distinctive feature of the iOS edition are free add-ons, including Black Pits II: Thay’s Gladiators, about 30 new locations and 4 new characters. The technical part of the game has also been improved. As Trent Oster noted, many of the problems of the original game have been fixed, the design of locations has been updated, and the interface has been improved. It was decided to leave the graphics practically unchanged, which adds a special nostalgic charm to the game.

Review of Baldur's Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad

Fans of the series and just lovers of good video games will appreciate Baldur’s Gate 2: Enhanced Edition. The game is able to drag on for many hours thanks to interesting quests, a well-thought-out setting and convenient mechanics.

It should be noted that this iOS port includes a kit Baldur’s Gate II: Enhanced Edition consisting of the original 60-hour Shadow of Amn campaign plus the following four free add-ons:

  • Black Pits II: Thay’s Gladiators: set your enemies against each other, avoiding traps and fighting for your life;
  • Fist of the Fallen: Help Rasaad, Monk of the Solar Soul, find peace by taking vengeance;
  • Spawn of Baal;
  • Throne of Bhaal: Participate in a journey through Tethyr and the worlds of the gods.

The following add-ons are available as in-app purchases: “In defense of wild forces”, “A Price Paid in Blood” and “Voice in the Dark”.

In the latest game update, the developers have made more than 500 fixes, and also added Russian localization.

The developers warn that the game is optimized for tablets and Not recommended for devices with a screen size of less than 7 inches.

Download Baldur’s Gate 2: Enhanced Edition for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Baldurs, Edition, Enhanced, Gate, iPad, iPhone, review

How to change iPhone background blur when shooting in portrait mode

24/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Thanks to the function Depth in Portrait Mode camera on your iPhone, you can adjust the blur effect of the background (background) on photos taken in portrait mode.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

How to adjust the degree of background blur (Depth function) when taking portraits on iPhone

1. Open the camera app.

2. Select a mode Portrait.

3. Click on the ƒ icon with a value in the upper right corner (feature available on iOS 12.1 and later).

4. Set the desired level of “blur” (background blur) using the slider “Depth”located at the bottom of the screen.

Depth in Portrait mode, or how to change background blur on iPhone

The camera will automatically remember the aperture value you choose and use it for subsequent shots.

5. Take a photo.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to look good in any photo: 5 simple tips.

How to Adjust Background Blur in Your iPhone Photo

To change the degree of background blur in a finished photo in the Photos app:

1. Open a photo taken in portrait mode and press the button “Edit”.

2. Tap the ƒ icon with a value in the upper left corner (feature available on iOS 12.1 and later).

Depth in Portrait mode, or how to change background blur on iPhone

3. A slider will appear at the bottom of the photo editing interface “Depth”, by moving which you can change the depth of field of the photo (background blur effect).

Depth in Portrait mode, or how to change background blur on iPhone

Photographers working with professional cameras are well aware that the larger the aperture value, the shallower the depth of field and the more blurred the background will be. Conversely, the smaller the aperture, the greater the depth of field and the more clearly the background is visible. It was this feature of Apple cameras that was reproduced using the function “Depth”.

If you are not familiar with photography, aperture values ​​can be confusing at first. The fact is that the smaller the aperture is open, the larger the number it is indicated. By moving the slider “Depth” left or right, you can change the aperture value from ƒ/1.4 to ƒ/16.

As you already understood, ƒ / 1.4 is the maximum aperture value at which the background is most blurred. With an aperture of ƒ/16, the blur almost completely disappears, and you get a shot with a distinct background.

Depth in Portrait mode, or how to change background blur on iPhone

No background blur – ƒ/16 (minimum background blur)

Depth in Portrait mode, or how to change background blur on iPhone

With Depth effect – ƒ/4.5 (medium background blur)

Depth in Portrait mode, or how to change background blur on iPhone

With Depth effect – ƒ / 1.4 (maximum photo blur)

The default for pictures taken in portrait mode on iPhone, the aperture is ƒ/4.5. If you want more or less background blur, use the slider “Depth”. Recall that earlier in portrait mode the background was blurred automatically, and blurring often captured unnecessary details (for example, hair).

Function “Depth” only works with photos taken in portrait mode, because in order to adjust the blur effect, this blur must already be present in the picture.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: background, blur, change, iPhone, mode, portrait, shooting

Banner Saga 2 is the sequel to the tactical RPG for iPhone and iPad

24/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Two years after the successful launch of the Banner Saga project, Stoic released a sequel, which, in fact, is the second episode. It is assumed that the “saga” will contain only three parts, but the possibility of spin-offs in the future is not denied. The game Banner Saga 2 originally appeared on PC and Mac, but was quickly ported to iOS.

Download Banner Saga 2 for iPhone or iPad (App Store)

The second part can be safely called the second episode, abstracting from the fact that today it is customary to understand episodes as short missions united by a common plot. The sequel not only continues the story of the wanderings of people and varls fleeing the infernal darkness spreading throughout the world, but also raises new questions, which, however, cannot be answered in this part.

Banner Saga 2 is the long-awaited sequel to the tactical RPG for iPhone and iPad

So, Banner Saga 2 starts from the point at which the narration of the first episode ended. The survivors of the final battle are loaded onto ships and sent towards the capital. The movements of the caravan, accompanied by colorful meditative screensavers in the first part, take place non-stop in the sequel. The number of crisis situations will only grow, because of which there will simply be no time for rest.

Banner Saga 2 is the long-awaited sequel to the tactical RPG for iPhone and iPad

Nevertheless, behind all these ups and downs, the narrative will continue to develop, maintaining the depressive tone of the beginning of the “saga”. But still, the plot trumps the developers have in store for the final part of the game. As for the battles, they have not changed formally, with the exception of the introduction of a new class of warriors – centaurs – and the accompanying need to revise the tactics of warfare.

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 favorite games for iPhone and iPad from the editors of Yablik.com.

Banner Saga 2 is the long-awaited sequel to the tactical RPG for iPhone and iPad

The good news is the implemented ability to save all the characters recruited in the caravan in the first part. Moreover, the developers hint that many of the decisions made in both episodes may affect the content of the finale. The fact that the denouement is not far off is also evidenced by the possibility of enhanced pumping of heroes, which, however, does not greatly affect the complexity of battles – they still require the development of tactics and maximum foresight.

Banner Saga 2 is the long-awaited sequel to the tactical RPG for iPhone and iPad

The signature art and soundtrack will not disappoint, captivating and immersing the player in an atmosphere of general despair and fear. There is every reason to believe that the finale will be the brightest of the trilogy, as it is clear that the developers have concentrated on the plot and its development. The only negative Banner Saga 2 is crumpled, compared to the first part, the end of the game. However, this only increases interest in the final denouement.

Download Banner Saga 2 for iPhone or iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Banner, iPad, iPhone, RPG, Saga, sequel, tactical

Review of the game Replica for iPhone and iPad – detective quest

23/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Replica is an interactive detective novel from the South Korean developer Somi, the gameplay of which is based on interaction with in-game smartphones and social networks. Replica is somewhat reminiscent of the popular game Papers, Please and touches on very topical topics of the fight against terrorism and the right of citizens to privacy.

Download Replica iPhone and iPad (App Store)

According to the plot, a certain country was subjected to a powerful terrorist attack and now the authorities are taking the necessary measures to strengthen security and prevent terrorist attacks. In this regard, the government has given the intelligence services the right to collect and analyze personal information, in particular, data on the movement of citizens, the frequency of using mobile phones, etc.

Review of Replica for iPhone and iPad

In Replica, you’ll need to hack into a suspected terrorist’s phone provided by intelligence agencies and track his activities using a special application, looking for evidence of terrorist activity.

Review of Replica for iPhone and iPad

All the action of the game takes place on the screen of a mobile phone. To obtain information, the player will use any way: open the status bar, launch various applications, view the contact list, make or receive calls, view mail, SMS messages or correspondence on social networks.

♥ BY TOPIC: A series of popular Lifeline text quests for iPhone and iPad.

Review of Replica for iPhone and iPad

Despite the 8-bit graphics, Replica mimics the interface of a smartphone so realistically that you have to be careful not to accidentally confuse the buttons in the game with the buttons of a real phone. In the game, you can exchange messages, change application settings and Bluetooth. Replica even has a music player and clones of popular apps. For example, Like is very similar to Facebook, and Follow is very similar to Twitter.

Review of Replica for iPhone and iPad

The game does not have the ability to save progress, so if for some reason you have to delete the game, be prepared for the fact that the passage will need to start over. Replica is a game that requires close attention. If you just follow the directions and skim the messages, you will miss out on hidden clues that can only be discovered by being extremely observant. The player will need a lot of patience in order to look through the same applications and messages over and over again in search of useful information or details that were previously missed.

Review of Replica for iPhone and iPad

Replica has 12 endings, each of which complements the main story, making you want to return to the game and discover even more interesting things.

Despite some shortcomings and rather short playthrough time, Replica is an award-winning game that allows you to feel like a hacker and look into someone’s private life using a mobile phone.

The game is fully translated into Russian.

The app is compatible with iPhone, iPad and iPod touch running iOS 9.0 and above.

Download Replica iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: detective, game, iPad, iPhone, quest, Replica, review

iPhone as Webcam on Mac: Detail app overview

22/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Gradually, even Apple began to understand that the webcam in laptops is an important working tool. Increasingly, people are communicating via videoconferencing rather than in person. You can criticize such a trend, but it is impossible to deny its usefulness – people from different parts of the world are getting closer to each other. No one bothers to hold a workshop between employees living in different countries.

♥ BY TOPIC: Shut down or put your Mac to sleep?

True, the progress of cameras in Apple laptops is slow. Only since 2021, the MacBook Pro has received webcams with a far from record-breaking Full HD resolution, and many previous models are completely forced to be content with 720p cameras. But there is a way out, because almost always at hand there is a smartphone with a much more advanced camera. The Detail application will allow you to turn your iPhone camera (main or front) into a webcam for Mac. So you can easily improve the quality of broadcasts and streams without the need for an upgrade.

The app requires a Mac running macOS Big Sur 11.4 or later. The installed utility will be identified as a camera. She will broadcast the video shot by your iPhone, camera or some other USB-connected device. In order for iOS devices to work with Detail, you need to install a special companion application there, and then connect to the laptop via Wi-Fi. Devices must be on the same network. The client utility will require iOS 13.0 or later. Communication with cable at all optional, but it is able to give a better and better picture due to a more stable connection.

By default, on a Mac, the Detail app window will show video captured by the Mac’s built-in camera. To turn on the image from the iPhone camera, you must:

1. Launch the Detail app on iPhone (links at the end of the article) and connect to a Wi-Fi network (shared with Mac) or use a cable.

2. Allow the program to access the microphone and camera of the iPhone.

iPhone camera as a webcam for Mac: how to make it free?

3. Press the button Scan network for Detail for macOS to search for a running Detail app on a Mac.

iPhone camera as a webcam for Mac: how to make it free?

4. After detecting Mac, click the button Connect to device.

iPhone camera as a webcam for Mac: how to make it free?

The image will appear on the iPhone. There are no special settings on the mobile device itself. Here you can only find the connection status, but the viewfinder for the simplest preview of the picture.

iPhone camera as a webcam for Mac: how to make it free?

5. If you want the iPhone camera image to be displayed in the current scene (window), then hover over the Mac Detail application window and click Camera on the toolbar that appears and select the iPhone camera.

At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them.

If you want the iPhone camera image to be displayed in a separate scene, then select an empty topic called Detail for iOS and in the menu that appears, select the option camera.

At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them.

6. Use the buttons below the thumbnail to switch between iPhone camera lenses (telephoto, wide, front, etc.).

At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them.

There are also recording buttons, you can turn on the display of guides in the frame for a better layout. The application allows you to use filters, zoom and cinematic blur.

At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them. At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them.

At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them.

By clicking on the “+” at the bottom of the window, you can create your own scene. The app will prompt you to add a camera, image, and surface text for it. Click on “Camera” or Shift + Command + C to add a camera to your scene. And to edit an existing scene, click on the camera icon in the menu or use the combination Shift+Command+C and select one of the available cameras.

And to start using a third-party camera in video conferences or streams using Detail, select this camera among those available on your computer. Detail Camera will appear as an option for video setup immediately after setting up the app. It supports many specialized services, including Zoom, Google Meet, Skype, Twitch, YouTube, and more. In fact, any program in which you can select the video source can work with Detail.

At the bottom of the Detail window, you can see a carousel of scenes. In fact, these are already pre-configured options for sources and effects. You can quickly switch between them.

An example of connecting an iPhone camera to Zoom using Detail

Among the interesting additional features of Detail, it is worth noting video recording. This will certainly come in handy when creating screencasts with comments. Detail can sync with your Google calendar to quickly jump to appointments.

The beauty of the app is that it free. But Detail will only work under macOS. The application has no paid features, and there are no ads in it. The developers only allowed themselves to impose a barely noticeable watermark on the video in order to at least promote their product in this way.

Download Detail for Mac

Download the Detail client for iOS

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, Detail, iPhone, Mac, Overview, webcam

Review of Super Fancy Pants Adventure iPhone and iPad: Frantic Parkour Adventure

22/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Experienced gamers probably remember the times when the most interesting games from independent studios could only be obtained on specialized portals, and the applications themselves were created in Flash. Yes, yes, on the very platform that is not compatible with iOS and has almost outlived its own. Be that as it may, if you were in the place of a Flash game developer back in 2006, your choice would definitely fall on the Newgrounds site, where a lot of different Flash games were collected in one place.

Download Super Fancy Pants Adventure for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

This is where the Fancy Pants Adventure free games once made their debut. Their developer has done everything that can be done with the platformer to bring it to perfection, in particular, polished the mechanics and controls to a shine. The game quickly gained popularity, and its author continued to refine it in his free time, adding new worlds with new tricks and movements.

Over time, thanks to the Chillingo studio, the game became available for iOS devices. The original version was designed for keyboard control, but the “move” to touch control did not hurt her in the least. In subsequent years, new games appeared, and as a result, the main character Mr. Fancy Pants and its creators have retired. At least that was the impression until BAM! There is a new Fancy Pants Adventure! A new version of the platform game called Super Fancy Pants Adventure appeared on Steam in September 2017, and became available for iOS devices in early 2018 (be sure to check out the trailer at the end of the article).

Super Fancy Pants Adventure

For those who have never played Fancy Pants before, we tell you. The game is a super-moving platformer with great mechanics. Initially, the character could only jump, but with the release of updates, he got a weapon in the form of a pencil and new moves, such as kicking the wall, which brought their own unique atmosphere to the game.

The main character is a well-animated skinny figure in colorful pants and hair sticking out in different directions. He runs and jumps through levels one by one, fights bad guys, plays golf with snails, and collects little Dreamcast pins. The main task is to complete the level and move on to the next, while maintaining a supply of lives.

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

Super Fancy Pants Adventure

Essentially, the new version is not much different from the original. Unless now the pencil has turned into a pen, and new movements have appeared, but otherwise the gameplay has remained almost untouched. Now the game has more than 50 levels, as well as the ability to upgrade movements and attacks. The main levels have become longer. At all levels, there are doors behind which a small test will be waiting for you. Successfully completing the challenge will earn you a new awesome pair of pants or even a brand new hat.

As the game progresses, your weapon handle will open up new possibilities. The first of these is the ability to slide along sheets of paper at some levels. With touch controls, this is quite difficult to do, but with practice you … still hardly succeed. Although you can still understand how to use it. After defeating the first boss, you will unlock the ability to shoot ink. This way you can not only attack the enemy, but also create platforms at certain points.

Super Fancy Pants Adventure

You can get nostalgic and play World 1 Remix from previous releases of Fancy Pants. Unfortunately, the function that allows you to open four players at once is not available in the mobile version, but its appearance was still unlikely. Despite this, there is plenty of interesting content in the new product, and you can safely count on several hours of fun. And if you have little experience, and the desire to get all the pants and hats is great, then you will spend much more time with Fancy Pants Adventure.

Super Fancy Pants Adventure

Controlling the game with the touch buttons can be a little fiddly. If you don’t want to look down all the time, you’ll have to keep the location of many things in mind. Jumping and sliding are controlled by separate buttons. The attack has its own button with additional buttons to direct the attack up and down. Shooting ink is done with another button with additional buttons around. With experience, you will learn to manage them, but this will take time and patience. However, if you’re not used to having a user interface with more than two buttons, you’ll have a hard time. In this case, one of the available MFi controllers will come to the rescue, which, fortunately, are supported by the game.

Super Fancy Pants Adventure

The picture and sound in Fancy Pants Adventure are great! The game boasts smooth animations, smooth frame rates, and an unobtrusive soundtrack. The plot of the game is quite interesting, and the background image on the levels changes quite often so that you don’t get bored looking at the same picture.

If you liked the previous releases of the game, then you probably already downloaded this one for yourself. If for some reason you haven’t downloaded yet and you’re waiting for someone to push you, consider that you’ve already been pushed. Trust me, you’ll have a great time.

Download Super Fancy Pants Adventure for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: adventure, Fancy, Frantic, iPad, iPhone, Pants, Parkour, review, Super

Folders on iPhone or iPad: how to create, delete, edit, etc.

21/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

With the help of folders on the iPhone home screen, the user can easily organize their applications. There you can hide the icons of rarely used applications so that they do not clutter up the main screen or hide those elements that strangers do not need to see. In our short article, we will show you how to create and manage folders on your iPhone and iPad.

♥ BY TOPIC: Your correspondence in Telegram, WhatsApp or Viber is read: how to check it?

How to create a new folder on iPhone or iPad?

It’s very easy to create an application folder on the iPhone home screen.

1. Enter the “swing shortcuts” mode. To do this, tap on any empty area of ​​the screen until all app icons start shaking. Or, press the program icon until it starts to tremble.

How to create a new folder on iPhone?

Another option is to short-press the app icon and then tap the “Change Home Screen» in the context menu that appears.

How to create a new folder on iPhone?

2. Press and hold the icon of one of the applications and drag it directly onto the icon of another application. But release your finger only when you see a faint outline around the label below.

How to create a new folder on iPhone?

3. After creating the folder, touch anywhere else on the screen to exit the “swing shortcuts” mode.

How to create a new folder on iPhone?

Note: if you are doing this for the first time, then you may need several attempts to achieve the desired result. But once you get the hang of it, you can quickly create folders by clicking on an app icon and instantly dragging it over another app or folder.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to set a password to launch (open) applications on iPhone or iPad.

How to create a new page inside a folder on iPhone or iPad?

If you have at least two applications in a folder, you can create a new page inside it and spread shortcuts to different screens. Here’s what to do:

1. Open an existing folder.

2. Enter shortcut jitter mode by clicking on an empty area. You will notice two dots or an extra dot appearing at the bottom of the folder.

3. Press the desired icon with one finger and drag it to the right. With the other finger, swipe left to go to the second page of the folder. Now drag the app to this new page of your folder.

How to create a new page inside a folder on iPhone or iPad?

4. Repeat these steps to create more pages in the folder. Remember that every page must have at least one attachment.

How to create a new page inside a folder on iPhone or iPad?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to speed up typing on iPhone is a useful tip.

How to add apps to folders on iPhone or iPad?

To add a new app to a folder, drag its icon from the Home screen to an existing folder.

Advice. To add multiple applications to a folder at once, tap and move the application icon slightly.

How to add apps to folders on iPhone or iPad?

Now tap the icons of other apps, which will group them. Drag this entire group into an existing folder and carefully release your finger there.

How to add apps to folders on iPhone or iPad?

How to add apps to folders on iPhone or iPad?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone: 2 ways.

How to remove apps from folders on iPhone or iPad?

To remove an app from a folder, press and hold the app’s icon, and then drag it from the folder to the home screen. Rarely, but it can happen that the folder is not automatically hidden and the main screen is not displayed. Then touch outside the folder to close it and see the main screen. Now drag the application there.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to buy games, applications, pay for Apple Music without linking a card.

How to rename apps folder on iPhone or iPad?

1. Open a folder.

2. Click on its current name until the apps start to shake.

3. Click × and enter a new folder name. You can also use emoticons as the folder name.

How to rename apps folder on iPhone or iPad?

How to rename apps folder on iPhone or iPad?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn off Auto-correction (correction) of text on Mac, iPhone and iPad.

How do I move a folder from one home screen to another on an iPhone or iPad?

Moving a folder from one home screen to another is similar to moving apps.

1. Tap on an empty area until apps and folders start to shake.

2. Drag a folder to the left or right edge of the screen to move it to an adjacent system screen.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

How do I add a folder to the dock on an iPhone or iPad?

Tap an app in the Dock and drag it on top of another app in the same Dock to create a folder. But this is a difficult option, you may need several attempts to get it right.

Therefore, let’s try to act easier. To quickly add a folder to the iPhone dock, make sure you have one free space there (that is, there are no more than three applications in the dock instead of the usual four). Now drag the existing folder from the iPhone home screen to the dock.

How do I add a folder to the dock on an iPhone or iPad?

♥ BY TOPIC: Power saving mode on iPhone: what is it for and how to enable it: 4 ways.

How to remove a folder from the iPhone or iPad home screen?

Once you drag all apps out of the folder (or delete apps from there), the folder will automatically disappear.

If you click on a folder and tap in the context menu “Delete folder”, then the folder itself will be deleted, and all its applications will go to the application library, but not to the main screen.

How to remove a folder from the iPhone or iPad home screen?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to trim or crop video on iPhone and iPad without third party apps.

How to create a hidden folder on iPhone?

Without a jailbreak, there is no way you can create a hidden folder on your iPhone. But after hacking the system, it will be possible to create invisible folders. Another solution to this problem is to create a folder and then hide that home screen page, which will also hide all apps with folders on that page.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to check all your passwords for hacking directly in iOS on iPhone (based on stolen passwords).

How to lock a folder on iPhone?

You cannot lock, password protect, or create a personal folder on the iPhone home screen with standard system tools. But if you want to jailbreak, then there are a few tweaks just for setting up folder lock on iPhone.

Jailbreak Tweaks to Lock iPhone Folders:

  • BioProtect XS to configure folder protection.
  • FolderLock: password protect folders
  • AppLocker: password protect apps and folders

♥ BY TOPIC: How to create place-based reminders on iPhone.

Can I create folders in the App Library or Today View?

App Library on iPhone

Unfortunately, you can’t create folders in the App Library or Today View, which is only available on the iPhone Home screen. Folders or categories in the App Library are created automatically and users don’t have the option to customize them here.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: create, delete, edit, folders, iPad, iPhone

Father and Son: An Amazing Free Game for iPhone and iPad Reviewed

21/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Father and Son is an adventure game with unusual roots. In particular, this is the only game of its kind, the creation of which had a hand in the National Archaeological Museum of Naples. For the most part, Father and Son is a short story told in a simple yet beautiful side-scrolling 2D style. This game may not make a very strong impression, but it is worth downloading, especially considering that it is absolutely free.

Free download Father and Son game for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Dig into the past

Review of the game Father and Son

The protagonist of Father and Son is a man who arrives in Naples in an attempt to better understand his late father. For the character, this becomes a whole test, since he was not close to his father, who seemed to prefer archaeological excavations to everything else, including the family. All that remains of the character from his father is a note and his work, exhibited in the archaeological museum of Naples.

As the game progresses, the player will move from the character’s apartment to the museum, where several rather interesting plot points await him. Without going into too much detail, it’s safe to say that these little stories are woven together in quite unexpected ways, quite interesting and open to interpretation, as well as giving the player choices at certain points.

Review of the game Father and Son

Museum walk

Review of the game Father and Son

From a technical point of view, Father and Son is a simple adventure game. There are almost no puzzles in it, interaction with items in the inventory – too. Instead, the player controls movement, interacts with objects, and also communicates with rare characters and chooses answers in dialogues.

The lack of any difficulty allows the player to quickly complete Father and Son, which may be an intentional move by the developers. The main storyline can be easily mastered in one evening, however, exploring other parts of the museum may take longer. But to open access to additional content, you will need to register at the real National Archaeological Museum of Naples in Italy.

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

Simple and wonderful

Review of the game Father and Son

The game may seem pretty straightforward in terms of story, but do not forget that it is made in a beautiful style. The graphics look hand-drawn with a fantastically wide color palette that literally adds color to the painted world. When a player simply walks around the locations, what is happening in the background is almost always pleasing to the eye.

Other than that, the game feels extremely fluid. Scene transitions are almost instantaneous, and the user interface is designed so that the player never has to deal with pixel hunting.

Review of the game Father and Son

There is no reason not to download Father and Son. This is a beautiful, free game that tells an interesting story. And if the player is imbued, he can always visit the National Archaeological Museum of Naples.

Father and Son is available on the App Store. The game is compatible with iPhone, iPad or iPod touch running iOS 9.0 or later. There is localization into Russian.

Download Father and Son game for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: amazing, Father, free, game, iPad, iPhone, Reviewed, son

Chrome or Yandex default browser in iOS on iPhone: how to do it?

20/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Recently, iOS (iPadOS) developers have significantly expanded the rights of users, saving the latter from the need to hack the system through jailbreak. For example, with the release of iOS 14, it became possible to set the default browser.

♥ BY TOPIC: In iOS, at the top of the screen, the green, then the orange indicator lights up: what are they for?

Starting with iOS 14, third-party web browsers and email clients can be used by default on iPhone and iPad. This news will please those users who for some reason do not like the Safari browser and Mail from Apple. In the future, a similar step can be expected to apply to other categories of programs. When you click on a link in any application, it opens in your default browser. Before iOS 14, you could have an alternative browser on the system, such as Google Chrome, but clicking on the link always opened the Safari browser.

♥ BY TOPIC: Bookmarks on iPhone and iPad: how to add, create folders, Favorites, settings.

How to Set Google Chrome (or Any Other) as Default Browser on iPhone

1. Download the latest version of Google Chrome from the App Store.

2. Open the application “Settings” and go to the Google Chrome settings page.

3. Click on the menu item “Default browser app“.

4. Touch “Chrome” (or any other browser).

Chrome or Yandex browser by default in iOS on iPhone

As a result of these steps, any application that initiates the standard open URL operation will now tell the system to launch Google Chrome instead of Safari.

Chrome or Yandex browser by default in iOS on iPhone

If you ever change your mind, you can go back to settings and change your default browser back to Safari. If you want to use a third-party browser other than Chrome, you’ll have to wait for the developer to update the app to add this capability.

A similar approach now applies to changing the application for mail.

♥ BY TOPIC: Tap on the iPhone Cover – Take a Screenshot: How to bind actions to touching the back of the iPhone case.

How to open web links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad without jailbreak on older versions of iOS?

1. Open this page in the Safari browser on your iPhone or iPad.

2. Copy the following line:

javascript:location.href="https://yablyk.com/googlechrome"+location.href.substring(4);

3. Press the button “Share” and select from the menu “Add Bookmark”.

How to open links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad

4. Specify a convenient location to save the bookmark and rename it, for example, “Open in Chrome”, click Save.

How to open links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad

5. Press the button Bookmarks and press the button Edit.

How to open links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad

6. Select the bookmark created in step 4 “Open in Chrome”. It will open in edit mode.

7. In the URL field, delete the link and paste the text that you copied in step 2.

8. Click Ready.

How to open links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad

9. Now, in order to open any page in the Google Chrome browser, click on the button Bookmarks and select the created bookmark “Open in Chrome” after which the link will open in Chrome.

How to open links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad

How to open links in Google Chrome on iPhone or iPad

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: browser, Chrome, default, iOS, iPhone, Yandex

Limbo is an incredibly atmospheric puzzle platform game for iPhone, iPad and Mac

20/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Even though the project Limbo Originally developed by indie studio Playdead, which at that time consisted of three people, the game became a bestseller literally immediately after its launch. If for some reason you are still not familiar with this wonderful platformer, we recommend that you read the material below.

Download Limbo for iPhone, iPad and iPod Touch (App Store).
Download Limbo for macOS (Mac App Store).

Concept Limbo was proposed by the Dane Arnt Jensen back in 2004, but then he was an ordinary employee of IO Interactive and his ideas were not taken seriously. Later, Jensen organized the independent studio Playdead, which included two programmers who acted as investors at the same time. According to the author’s idea, their main task was to create a unique atmosphere of some gloomy place where the main protagonist is doomed to a terrible death.

The unwillingness of the developers to cooperate with major publishers has fully justified itself – being independent of the requirements of investors, they were able to deviate from the templates and release a truly original, original game. V Limbo there are no repetitive episodes, no difficulty levels, no “bosses” at the end of the stages, and the goal of the protagonist’s dangerous journey becomes clear only at the very end. However, even before the full launch of the game, Jensen explained that the boy went to Limbo (the mythological first circle of hell, into which unbaptized children fall) in search of his sister.

Limbo

Dry description of the gameplay Limbo says it’s a 2D survival-horror side-scroller with frequent scenes of violence. However, it is difficult to convey the feelings that are created from the first minutes of the game. An emphatically fragile little boy runs through a gloomy dungeon and literally in a few seconds he dies for the first time, falling into a huge trap – from that moment it becomes clear how and on what the concept of this game is built. No soundtracks, no scenery, only gloomy abstract locations, the rumble of steps, the sounds of mechanisms and creeping monsters.

Limbo

die in Limbo often and scary – the main character is killed by traps, pierced by the spikes of a huge spider, crushed by mechanisms, etc. Apple does not recommend playing Limbo children under 12 years old, but this is an underestimated threshold – scenes when the main character has to use the corpse of a child to cross the puddle to the other side of the puddle or hanged children against the backdrop of locations are clearly not intended for a fragile psyche.

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablik.com.

Limbo

However, even if we ignore the general atmosphere, the game still remains very attractive. As the developers themselves note, they cut out about 70% of the finished content so that nothing would disturb the overall perception. As a result, the net transit time Limbo is about 4 hours, but the player will never have the feeling of a repeating scenario. The puzzles are carefully designed and rarely give in the first time, and a certain dexterity of the fingers is also required.

In general, the creators Limbo well deserve the sheer number of industry awards and accolades they’ve received in the game’s five years of existence. There is hardly a user who regretted paying 379 rubles (899 rubles for Mac) for downloading this masterpiece from the App Store.

Download Limbo for iPhone, iPad and iPod Touch (App Store).
Download Limbo for macOS (Mac App Store).

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: atmospheric, game, incredibly, iPad, iPhone, Limbo, Mac, platform, puzzle

How to reset iPhone icon layout to default

19/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Probably, every owner of iOS devices has moments when the usual arrangement of icons on the home screen gets boring and you want something new. In order to return the original (factory) order of the application icons, it is not at all necessary to move them manually or restore the device’s factory settings through a complete reset of the device to factory settings.

Instead, you can use a simpler method. Following the instructions below, you can restore the original position of the icons automatically in just a few seconds.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

How to restore the original appearance (restore the factory order) of the iPhone or iPad home screen:

one. Launch the app on your iOS deviceSettings“.

2. Follow the path”Main» → “Transfer or Reset iPhone” → “Reset” and press “Reset “Home” settings“.

How to quickly arrange icons in iOS on iPhone or iPad by default (restore factory order)

How to quickly arrange icons in iOS on iPhone or iPad by default (restore factory order)

Confirm your intention by pressing “Reset settings”.

How to quickly arrange icons in iOS on iPhone or iPad by default (restore factory order)

Voila – all the icons are located on the home screen in the same way as when you first launched iOS. All third-party applications will be located on the second page in alphabetical order.

How to quickly arrange icons in iOS on iPhone

As it turned out, restoring the original location of app icons is a breeze.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: default, icon, iPhone, layout, reset

Auto-update app on iPhone: how to enable

18/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The automatic app update feature was first introduced in iOS 7. As soon as a new version of a program is released, the system downloads and installs it without asking the user for permission. On the one hand, automatic updating is very convenient, since you do not have to constantly perform the same procedure.

On the other hand, some iPhone and iPad owners may not like the lack of a sense of control over what is downloaded to the device. If desired, the user can disable the automatic update feature. To do this is quite simple.

How to Enable/Disable Auto Update Feature in iOS

one. Open the appSettings“.

2. Go to section App Store.

3. Activate or deactivate the items “Applications” and “Software updates» in the subsection “Automatic Downloads”.

Auto-update app on iPhone: how to enable

There is also a solution for those who want to use the automatic update function, but do not want to spend mobile data. The developers have provided the ability to automatically update only when connected to a Wi-Fi network.

Note: Apps update automatically when you connect your iPhone or iPad to the charger.

To turn off automatic updates when using cellular data, deactivate the toggle switch “Automatic Downloads” in the subsection “Cellular Data“.

Auto-update app on iPhone: how to enable

Now applications will be automatically updated only when the smartphone is connected to Wi-Fi, and you won’t have to think about the safety of mobile traffic once again.

Unfortunately, the developers did not provide for the possibility of selective automatic updating, so it will not work to configure this feature for any specific applications.

In general, automatic updating is a rather useful thing, but sometimes it makes life difficult for the user. As a rule, in new versions, application creators fix the shortcomings of previous releases, but sometimes updates still contain bugs that can degrade the iPhone or iPad.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, Autoupdate, enable, iPhone

One speaker not working in new iPhone: solution

18/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

iPhone is a mass device, it is bought not only by technically savvy users, but also by those for whom the hardware is reduced to a display and control buttons. At the same time, the latter often have a question – why does one speaker not work in the new iPhone?

Video:

Actually, similar questions have been asked repeatedly since the days of the iPhone 2G and iPhone 3GS, which had the same technological holes on both sides of the 30-pin connector, but sound came from one and not from the other.

♥ BY TOPIC: What will happen to the iPhone, Apple ID and iCloud after the death of the owner.

Speaker not working in iPhone 2G, iPhone 3G, iPhone 3GS

One speaker stopped working in the new iPhone

Users simply did not realize that there is only one speaker (on the left side), and the second “grid” serves to pass the signal to the microphone.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to turn on the flash (flashlight) for calls and notifications on iPhone.

Speaker not working in iPhone 4, iPhone 4s, iPhone 5, iPhone 5s, iPhone 5c, iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone SE

Starting with the iPhone 4, the situation has changed somewhat – the speaker and microphone have changed places, and in the iPhone 5, Apple designers for the first time changed the size and number of holes.

iPhone 4, iPhone 4s speaker and microphone location: Speaker not working in iPhone 4, iPhone 4s, iPhone 5, iPhone 5s, iPhone 5c, iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone SE

iPhone 5, iPhone 5c, iPhone 5s, iPhone SE speaker and microphone locations:

Speaker not working in iPhone 4, iPhone 4s, iPhone 5, iPhone 5s, iPhone 5c, iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone SE

iPhone 6, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6s Plus speaker and microphone locations:

Speaker not working in iPhone 4, iPhone 4s, iPhone 5, iPhone 5s, iPhone 5c, iPhone 6, iPhone 6s, iPhone SE

♥ BY TOPIC: Which smartphone has the best camera in 2022 – Top 10.

Speaker not working in iPhone 7, 8, X, XR, XS, SE 2, 11, 11 Pro, 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro

With the release of the iPhone 7 (the same in the iPhone 8, X, XR, XS, SE 2, 11, 11 Pro, 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro) with the declared stereo sound, questions have only been added. From the point of view of an inexperienced user, everything is obvious – the 3.5 mm audio output was abolished and a second speaker appeared in its place, however it also doesn’t work (!!!). And again, the answer is simple – there is no second “speaker” on the left side of the Lightning connector, there is a microphone, and the identity of the “grilles” is due to the symmetry of the design.

Location of speaker and microphones in iPhone 7, 8, X, XR, XS, SE 2, 11, 11 Pro, 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro:

Speaker not working in iPhone 7, 8, X, XR, XS, SE 2, 11, 11 Pro, 12, 12 mini and 12 Pro

In fact, the stereo speaker is on the top of the case, next to the earpiece. One is used exclusively when talking, the second is turned on when switching to the speakerphone, listening to music, watching movies, etc.

iphone 7 stereo

So let’s recap. In all iPhone models at the end is located only one speaker, the second grill is a microphone.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, solution, speaker, working

Neverending Nightmares for iPhone, iPad and Mac is an original horror game with an interesting plot

18/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Most of today’s indie horror games rely too heavily on cheap tricks designed to make the user’s heart pound with horror. Unlike similar games, in the psychological thriller Neverending Nightmares there is no dark villain or ghosts trying to kill you, here the main enemy is your own mind.

Download Neverending Nightmares for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download Neverending Nightmares for Mac (Mac App Store)

You have to play as Thomas Smith – a young man suffering from an endless series of nightmares, in which the main character is his younger sister Gaby. In fact, it is not exactly clear whether Thomas is an adult or a child. It is not known how Gabrielle relates to a man – wife, daughter, sister, or is she still the attending physician? What binds these people in general: family ties, long therapy sessions, suicide, accident, murder or suicide? You will have to find the answer to these questions yourself.

Waking up, Thomas leaves the bedroom and finds himself in a terrible mansion, where mannequins and living dolls with knives lie in wait for him in the rooms, where he finds his own corpse in one of the bedrooms and where the lifeless body of a black-haired girl hangs in the attic, whom he once knew. Is this reality, or has Thomas become a hostage to his own extraordinarily real nightmares?

Time after time, Thomas wanders through the same corridors of the same mansion, wanders aimlessly through the cemetery, the forest and the mental hospital – everything is like in a real nightmare. Neverending Nightmares doesn’t offer a particularly complex plot, and there’s not much to do here other than accompany the protagonist on a journey through his sick mind.

Neverending Nightmares for iPhone and iPad is an original horror game with an interesting plot

The game is based on the personal experience of its developer Matt Gildenbach, who himself has constantly battled with depression and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Neverending Nightmares is minimalist in every way, from design to mechanics. You can’t run for long, your asthma makes it hard to breathe, and shadows pulsate around you, giving you the feeling that evil is lurking in the darkness. The atmosphere of the game adds an interesting hand-drawn visual style, made in black and white. Only plot items are highlighted in color. Basically, these are warm shades – orange, yellow, brown and red, lots and lots of red.

In this ongoing nightmare, you can never be sure what is around you. With every step, things begin to change around you – blood stains and inscriptions appear on the walls of an ordinary room, portraits begin to distort, and previously lit areas plunge into darkness or the light becomes more subdued. All this, along with an ominous soundtrack and sounds, draws you into a game that is both predictable and not.

Another aspect that adds adrenaline to the game is the items and creatures that inhabit Neverending Nightmares. They are all alive in one way or another, from the paintings that are eyeing you, to the mutilated monsters that lie in wait in different parts of the game, and the dolls scattered on the floor. If the rest of the “characters” appear suddenly or rush towards you, then the puppets approach very, very slowly, causing a growing sense of panic. Although the dolls are slow, there are a lot of them, and if they get to you, it’s game over.

Neverending Nightmares for iPhone and iPad is an original horror game with an interesting plot

While the visual, audio, and horror elements of the game are brought to near perfection, the gameplay itself becomes boring as you progress. When you can barely walk a few meters without getting short of breath, it takes a lot of patience to reach your goal. While this only adds to the sense of helplessness, wandering endlessly around locations ends up being annoying, and having an unfortunate encounter with an enemy that sends you to the nearest save point makes you want to end the game.

However, despite the slow progress, Neverending Nightmares is a game filled with abstract ideas and naked depiction of psychological trauma, which in one way or another are familiar to all players. Not so much in terms of killing your own sister, but in the feeling of fear in its primal form, either from paralyzing nightmares, or from the feeling that someone is watching you.

Neverending Nightmares for iPhone and iPad is an original horror game with an interesting plot

Neverending Nightmares offers three endings that allow you to ultimately understand who Thomas is and what unites him with the girl: whether he is a killer, tormented by guilt, or a man with an unstable psyche, trying to cope with the loss of his family. However, the game leaves a feeling of understatement. Neverending Nightmares is based on a not-so-understandable plot that forces the player to ask endless “why?” And How?” and scroll through various theories in my head in an attempt to understand where is reality and where is a dream.

Download Neverending Nightmares for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download Neverending Nightmares for Mac (Mac App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: game, Horror, interesting, iPad, iPhone, Mac, Neverending, Nightmares, original, plot

What Wi-Fi Help does in iOS on iPhone or iPad

17/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

It happens that when you run into a cafe for lunch, you find that the Wi-Fi connection speed is insufficient for comfortable work with the device on the Web. However, the user’s iPhone or iPad has already detected a wireless hotspot and will use it whenever possible.

♥ BY TOPIC: Contact photo when calling on iPhone full screen – how to do it?

Finally, many may be familiar with the situation when the Internet disappears while walking around the city just because the iPhone is hooked on the “familiar” Network and does not want to part with it.

To cope with this kind of difficulties, the function “Help with WiFi“. With it, the user no longer has to regularly turn off Wi-Fi in order to finally get rid of an intrusive connection with an unstable connection. When activated, the operating system is automatically switched to use cellular data. You can enable the option in the settings, in the “Cellular”. At the end of the list is the desired function “Help with WiFi“. There is also a counter of used cellular traffic, which “helped”.

Why iOS Needs Wi-Fi Help and How It Can Hurt You

ATTENTION! You should also not forget that if you are forced to save traffic, then this function can, on the contrary, harm you by downloading more content over the cellular connection than it should be (a real life example). Therefore, it is important to use the option with an eye on the tariff of your mobile operator.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iOS, iPad, iPhone, WiFi

How to crop photos on iPhone without installing third-party programs

17/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

And although many people do not have any problems with photo editing, there are those users for whom this task is difficult. As a result, they take a picture or screenshot and leave it as is. And if you have never cropped photos on your iPhone, then we will help you with this.

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone camera features every Apple smartphone owner should know.

Perhaps you want to cut out something that is behind your subject, or you just want to leave the most important part of the image. And cropping a photo on iPhone is very easy, you have the option to give it the right look or choose the size that suits your purposes. In this article, we will tell you how you can crop photos directly on your smartphone.

♥ BY TOPIC: What QR codes can be read by the iPhone camera: 10 examples of use.

How to crop photos on iPhone or iPad?

Open the app “Photo” and select the image you want to crop. Then do the following:

1. With a photo open, tap “Edit” in the upper right corner.

2. Click on the icon below “Cut and Rotate” (on the iPad it will be on the left).

How to crop photos on iPhone

3. A free-form frame will appear in front of you. You can drag the entire photo to the right place, or move the corner or edge to crop the photo as you see fit.

How to crop photos on iPhone

Alternatively, you can use the preset aspect ratio of the new frame instead of a freeform one. Tap the ratio icon in the top right corner.

At the bottom you will see presets such as Square, 9:16, 8:10 etc. You can click to select one of them and see a preview of the cropped image. In addition, you can select the orientation icon, making it portrait or landscape. This will also change the look of the resulting photo based on the selected preset aspect ratio.

How to crop photos on iPhone

4. Once you’ve finished cropping your photo, simply click Done. If you don’t like the result, click “Cancel”.

Your photo will be automatically saved after cropping.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to take a photo with a plume effect (long exposure) on iPhone: 2 ways.

How to undo cropping

If you suddenly do not like the result, and you want to return to the original picture, then this will not be difficult to do.

1. Select a photo and click “Edit”.

2. Click “Return” in the lower right corner.

How to crop photos on iPhone

3. Confirm that you want to return to the original state.

How to crop photos on iPhone

However, it is worth bearing in mind that resetting the photo to its original state will undo all the changes you have made to this picture.

♥ BY TOPIC: Reverse shooting on the iPhone, or how to shoot video backwards.

Conclusion

If you have a photo or a screenshot where you only want a certain part of the picture and not the whole picture, cropping the image will give you exactly what you need. Moreover, this can be done immediately on the iPhone or iPad, without resorting to the use of a computer and additional programs. The tool built into iOS can create both arbitrary shapes and use predefined proportions.

How do you edit photos on your iPhone? Are you using the built-in “Photo” instrument or do you use other methods?

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: crop, installing, iPhone, photos, programs, thirdparty

Secret chat (correspondence) in Viber on iPhone: How to enable, hide and configure?

17/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Viber messenger allows you to create hidden secret chats, thanks to which you will get a new level of privacy in personal communication. You can learn more about the mechanisms of operation and setting up the function in this material.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to get a free unlimited Yandex.Disk cloud for storing photos and videos from iPhone and iPad.

What can you do in Viber Secret Hidden Chat

  • you can set a self-destruct timer for all messages within a conversation;
  • deactivated message forwarding function;
  • if the interlocutor takes a screenshot, the rest will know about it through a special notification;
  • data exchange takes place over an encrypted channel.

♥ BY TOPIC: What is the difference between a refurbished (ref, refurbished, CPO) iPhone and a new and used one?

How to create a secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

1. Launch the Viber app and go to the “Chats» or use the search.

2. Tap on the contact’s name.

How to create a secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

3. Tap on the item “Information and settings“.

4. On the page that opens, click “Hidden Chat”.

How to create a secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

You can also hide a chat by swiping from right to left on the name of the chat in the general list and select the option Hide.

How to create a secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

5. Click “Set PIN”, think up and enter a four-digit PIN code to access hidden chats.

How to create a secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

6. If necessary, activate the option to unlock the secret chat using Face ID (Touch ID).

How to create a secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

♥ BY TOPIC: Viber for a Windows, Linux and Mac computer in Russian: eight life hacks that you might not know.

How to set the time until a message disappears in Viber on iPhone?

1. Open a secret chat.

2. In the message dialing line, press the timer.

3. Select the time interval you are interested in (from 1 second to 7 days) or turn off the timer completely so that the message is not deleted.

How to set the time until the message disappears in Viber

♥ BY TOPIC: How to pin an entry in a Viber group header on iPhone.

How to find hidden secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

1. Run the application and go to the tab “Chats“.

2. In the search bar, enter the PIN code from the secret chat.

How to find hidden secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to answer an iPhone (Viber, WhatsApp, Skype) call without touching your smartphone.

How to make hidden secret chat in Viber on iPhone visible again?

1. Run the application and go to the tab “Chats“.

2. Find the hidden secret chat.

3. Tap on the contact’s name and select “Information and settings“.

4. Tap on “Make chat visible“.

How to make hidden secret chat in Viber on iPhone visible again?

♥ BY TOPIC: How to change your phone number in Viber and not lose contacts and correspondence.

How to delete secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

1. Launch the application and go to the tab “Chats”.

2. Find a secret chat.

3. Tap on the contact’s name and select “Information and settings”.

4. Tap on “Delete chat”.

How to delete secret chat in Viber on iPhone?

Download Viber for iPhone (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: chat, configure, correspondence, enable, hide, iPhone, Secret, Viber

Traffic rules 2022 for iPhone and iPad: rules, tickets, exams

17/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Recently, to help motorists, developers have begun to mass-produce applications with the Rules of the Road. The programs differ from each other in various additional functions, but in general their essence is the same. Below are 5 useful applications containing theory, road signs, fines and up-to-date exam tests to successfully prepare for the exam on knowledge of traffic rules in the traffic police.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to easily learn traffic rules using the Chrome browser on a Mac or Windows computer.

SDA 2022 with illustrations

The program contains not only the latest version of the text of the SDA, but also comments and illustrations that explain the essence of certain rules. Also, the application was provided with an updated table of fines, information on the provision of medical care in case of an accident, decoding of region codes on car numbers, traffic police helplines and excerpts from the regulations of the Ministry of Internal Affairs.

Traffic rules 2021 for iPhone and iPad: rules, tickets, exams

In addition, for an additional fee, you can buy tickets for exams at the State traffic inspectorate or a training video course on the intricacies of driving a car in the program.

The developers report that they promptly update the materials in the utility. The program also has the possibility of feedback – if you have any questions or wishes for the authors of the SDA 2021 application, you can ask them directly. In addition, developers insist that their utility is one of the cheapest in the App Store. In addition, she was awarded by the editors of the store, which is also important for potential buyers.

Traffic rules 2021 for iPhone and iPad: rules, tickets, exams

The cost of traffic rules 2022 is only 15 rubles. There are built-in purchases with additional features.

Download Traffic rules 2022 with illustrations for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

SDA exam 2022: tickets

SDA exam 2021: tickets

This application combines all the necessary theory, contains up-to-date tickets, information about road signs and useful tips. The application works without access to the Internet.

The application has a special DPS test that allows you to test knowledge about fines and contains explanations with links to relevant articles available in another application from the same developer.

SDA exam 2021: tickets

Download the application Exam SDA 2022: tickets for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Learn traffic rules 2022: Tickets + exam

Learn traffic rules 2021: Tickets + exam

The application contains 800 exam questions, supplemented with tips and explanations with links to signs, terms and traffic rules. The application has a “My teacher” mode, which automatically generates a list of questions based on previous attempts and mistakes made.

All road signs and types of road markings are presented in a convenient form and grouped according to their purpose with a detailed description. In addition, the program can view training statistics.

Learn traffic rules 2021: Tickets + exam

Download app Learn traffic rules 2022: Tickets + exam for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Traffic rules of the Russian Federation, fines, codes, tickets

Traffic rules of the Russian Federation, fines, codes, tickets

The application is not as well known as the others. It includes both theory and a list of penalties with descriptions. In addition, the program contains calculators for calculating transport tax and OSAGO, along with a list of Russian region codes.

Traffic rules of the Russian Federation, fines, codes, tickets

Additional materials offer an illustrated description of all the figures of the autodrome.

Traffic rules of the Russian Federation, fines, codes, tickets

Download the traffic rules of the Russian Federation application, fines, codes, tickets for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

SDA 2022: Tickets and Russian Exam

SDA 2021: Tickets and Russian Exam

The application was developed by the portal of the popular autoportal Drome. The program contains 40 tickets, supplemented by comments from experts, as well as an exam mode with a limit of 20 minutes. During the course, progress is calculated and performance statistics are kept.

The app has reminders to help you repeat difficult topics. In addition, there is a built-in chat in which you can ask your questions. The application works without the Internet. The program is free and contains no ads.

SDA 2021: Tickets and Russian Exam

Download the application SDA 2022: Tickets and Exam of the Russian Federation for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 2022, exams, iPad, iPhone, rules, tickets, traffic

DISCOUNT (599r → 99r) Teslagrad game review for iPhone and iPad

17/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Recently, Nikola Tesla has attracted interest, like everything related to his name. In the Teslagrad game, we will not meet the famous scientist, as in Tesla vs Lovecraft. And its name is associated with the magnetic field, the unit of measurement of which is precisely called the Tesla.

Download Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

That’s just the beginning of the game does not suggest a quick touch on scientific matters. Teslagrad at first seems like an ordinary platformer with a simple plot. Some unknown man left the child to his wife. Time passed, and now the grown-up boy is forced to run away from very agile guards. Our hero jumps from roof to roof, climbs vines and ladders. Why not a classic 2D platformer? But all this is just a stretched prologue to the most interesting.

Review of Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad

Running away from persecution, our hero got into a tower in the center of the city of Teslagrad. And here it is already possible not to rush – the pursuers are hopelessly behind. We find ourselves in an amazing place of the Kingdom of Electropia, where a certain scientific genius created a whole labyrinth of traps, mechanisms and electric machines. Our path lies through a set of puzzles, each of which can become deadly. Luckily, checkpoints are scattered along the way in abundance. We’ll have to remember physics, because most of the mysteries are connected not only with magnetism, but also with gravity and electricity. Do you remember that different poles attract, and the same ones repel?

Review of Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad

You should not wait for hints – you have to look for them. It’s good that the game generously reveals both its plot and options for passing through paintings on the walls, sculptures and even puppet shows. The player is given the opportunity to think for himself what it all means, and what meaning is hidden in it. But this is easy to do. Teslagrad skillfully intrigues, allowing you to unravel the mysteries. Yes, and there are a lot of secrets in the form of scrolls in the castle, they are really needed to complete the game. So we are not waiting for any credits – we turn on observation and fantasy!

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

Review of Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad

Traps and riddles quickly become more difficult. It is easy to fall into a stupor, again and again wasting lives and returning to trying to overcome the barrier. It is not enough to understand what exactly needs to be done. As in any platform game, in Teslagrad you also have to accurately calibrate the movements of the character. Boss fights follow the same logic. Teslagrad won’t let you rest your reflexes.

Review of Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad

Quite often, you will have to think through a whole combination of actions for the sake of passing a really difficult place. But how much later happiness from the work done! But for the development of the desired strategy, you will have to regularly pay with your lives. The game allows you to freely travel around the tower, returning to difficult places. Sometimes it is interesting to go through them again with the help of found useful artifacts. Of course, this is not an invisibility cap or a magic carpet, but something pseudo-scientific: gloves, a hood, a rod. The map will help you not to get confused, perhaps the only additional element of the interface.

Review of Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad

The game migrated to iOS and Android from PC, where it showed excellent sales. The same “warm” art graphics have been preserved in the mobile version. But it still looks gloomy. But on the other hand, this makes it easier for electrical effects and magnetic fields to manifest themselves. Helps to recreate the atmosphere of mystery and melodic unobtrusive soundtrack.

Review of Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad

The creators of Teslagrad were able to move away from a simple platformer and create a real puzzle game based on it, both dynamic and smart. Someone will like the tasks on the use of physical matter, and someone will find charm in revealing the story of the main character. The game turned out to be memorable and not stupid. She will require maximum involvement in the process, thanking for this with both an exciting action and an interesting story.

Download Teslagrad for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 599r, 99r, DISCOUNT, game, iPad, iPhone, review, Teslagrad

Lost sound (hard to hear) when shooting video on iPhone, how to fix

16/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Some users iPhone (including iPhone 5c, 5s, 6, 6s, SE, 7, 8 and X, XR, XS, 11, 11 Pro, 12, 12 Pro, 13, 13 Pro) complain that at some point their smartphone or completely stopped recording sound during video shooting, or began to write it very quietly. It turns out that the solution to the problem is quite simple and quite funny that some users themselves did not guess before.

Beginning with iPhone 5 Apple has started using multiple microphones in its smartphones. One of them is located on the back cover between the camera and the flash. It is this microphone that is used during video recording.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to download videos from VK (VKontakte) to iPhone or iPad and watch without the Internet.

No sound (not recording) when shooting video on iPhone 5, 5s, 6, 6s, 7, 8 and 10 - fixing the problem

No sound (not recording) when shooting video on iPhone 12

Thus, this microphone is often blocked by protective films (including factory ones) or covers that users put on their smartphones, because. some accessory manufacturers forget to make a cutout for the microphone on the back of the device. If you are using a screen protector, just make a small cut so that the sound can reach the microphone.

Of course, this is not the only reason why there may be no sound. The rear notch may be clogged with something and cause the sound to be obstructed on the way to the microphone – in this case, you just need to carefully clean the notch.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

However, if you checked your case or protective film, and also cleaned the hole on the back cover, but the sound did not appear, it seems that your microphone is really broken and you should contact the nearest service center.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: fix, hard, hear, iPhone, lost, shooting, sound, video

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

15/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

When working with web pages, links to PDF files are occasionally encountered or they open directly in the browser window. Such documents sometimes need to be saved to the iPad or iPhone for further viewing and working with them. Here’s how.

♥ BY TOPIC: PDF online: the best free services for working with PDF documents on the Internet.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

When viewing a PDF file in Safari or Mail, click the button “Share”. Depending on the type of device and application, its location may vary, but the appearance of this element is always the same – it is a square with rounded corners and an arrow up.

After pressing the button “Share” iOS will give you a list of ways you can send or save the file. You can also share it with other users via text message or email.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: iPhone capabilities when used at night or in the dark.

How to save a PDF file on iPhone or iPad to the Books app

Many users prefer to send PDF files to the stock iOS app “Books”, where you can then view documents even offline. To save an open PDF file to the Books app, tap “Copy to Books”.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

In case you don’t see such an icon, check if your device has this app installed. If the application “Books” is installed, but the icon is still not there, scroll the list of suggested applications to the right and press the button “More”. Click here sign “+” opposite the applications you would like to see in the menu Share.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

After the file is saved, you can find it in the application “Books”.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: How to shoot cool videos on iPhone – tips from a pro.

How to save a PDF file on iPhone or iPad to the Yandex.Disk app, Google Drive, Microsoft OneDrive, or Dropbox

Other users prefer to save PDF files to third-party cloud storage applications, such as Yandex.Disk, Google Drive, Microsoft OneDrive, Dropbox, etc.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

The process of saving and then opening a file on an iPhone or iPad is completely identical to the previous method.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: Continuous shooting on iPhone and iPad: how to shoot at 10 frames per second and choose the best image.

How to save a PDF file on iPhone or iPad to the Files app

iOS also has a way to save documents to the standard file manager “Files”.

If you want to save PDF with this application, then look for the line “Save to Files” in the list of options “Share” and click on it, then select a folder to save.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

Later, already in the open application “Files”, you will be able to see the downloaded PDF.

How to save PDF on iPhone or iPad

A quality alternative to the standard application “Files” is a Documents file manager by Readdle (overview).

There is also the option to save the site pages in PDF format for later viewing. This is also a very useful feature. We talked about this in detail here.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, PDF, save

The best 2 player games for iPhone and iPad (with multiplayer)

15/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Every gamer has their own ever-changing list of favorite games (here’s ours), but how do you pass the time with a friend whose preferences are vastly different from yours? We have compiled a list of gaming applications for iPhone and iPad, among which you are sure to find the right entertainment.

Air Hockey

Air Hockey

You should start with simple arcade games that do not require training and specific skills. Before us is a simulator of the popular board game “Air Hockey”, in which two people take part. There is a rectangular field, a goal, round “sticks” and a puck, the goal is to score as many goals as possible in the opponent’s goal in the allotted time period. You can play both on one device and via Wi-Fi.

Download Air Hockey for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Flick Kick Football

For football fans, we recommend the exciting Flick Kick Football game, the meaning of which is to kick the goal from free kicks. The game has intuitive controls that allow you to deliver both strong direct and twisted shots on goal with a single movement of your finger.

Flick Kick Football

You can play online with real opponents, as well as together on the same device in turn.

Download Flick Kick Football for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Ice Rage

Ice Rage

Arcade table hockey simulator with teams of two players (goalkeeper and forward). There is a single player campaign, but multiplayer is naturally much more fun. The application costs 149 rubles in the App Store, for an additional fee you can buy original skins of hockey players.

Download Ice Rage for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

8 ball pool

8 ball pool

Billiards “eight” with good game physics, multiplayer and online tournaments. The realism of the game is somewhat spoiled by special cues (the best of which are available only after donation), but this does not interfere with playing with friends with appropriate agreements. You can download the application for free.

Download 8 Ball Pool for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

BADLAND

Badland for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV is a popular atmospheric action adventure platformer

A game familiar to almost every mobile gaming fan. The atmospheric platformer, released several years ago, has gained immense popularity, including for the implementation of the co-op mode. Up to 4 users can play on one device, and at least one player’s character must survive to complete the level.

The best games for two for iPhone and iPad: 30 of the best

Overview of BADLAND

Download BADLAND for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Monopoly (Monopoly)

Monopoly (Monopoly)

It would be strange if one of the most popular board games in the world was not implemented on mobile platforms. The highest quality “Monopoly” was presented by Marmalade Game Studio. In this version, among other things, the ability to play online “with the whole world” or only with friends has been added.

Unfortunately, the game is not translated into Russian (English).

Monopoly (Monopoly)

Download MONOPOLY for iPad (App Store)

Tiny Wings

Tiny Wings

Immediately after the release in the App Store, the game was also very popular, but the monotonous gameplay did not allow the developers to further develop the idea. However, you can add some fun to Tiny Wings by installing it on your iPad. Its main difference is the presence of a multiplayer mode that divides the screen in half – now users are not just trying to teach their chick to fly, but also trying to overcome more obstacles than their opponent.

Download Tiny Wings for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Drive Ahead!

Drive Ahead!

Dynamic arcade battles on vehicles (among them: racing cars, SUVs, tanks, monster trucks, etc.) in pixel art graphics. Several battle modes are available, including mini-maps, deathmatch and “sudden death”, you can play with a friend both on Wi-Fi and on the same device. Download Drive Ahead! It’s free, there are in-app purchases.

Download Drive Ahead! for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Soccer Sumos

Soccer Sumos

In this football and sumo wrestling simulator, playing on the same device with two or four players is the main mode. The characters in Soccer Sumos rotate in place, and the player must press the only control button at the right time to start moving in a straight line. Such minimalism of the gameplay allows you to play even on a smartphone, although for 2v2 matches, the iPad still looks preferable. The price of the application in the App Store is 75 rubles, there are no in-app purchases.

Download Soccer Sumos for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Death Squared

A console puzzle game that was ported to iOS in 2018 and has already received a lot of positive feedback from gamers. It is noteworthy that the single-player campaign involves the control of two characters, so the cooperative mode of passage suggests itself. The price tag on Death Squared in the App Store is quite high, but the fun you get from the game, and even shared with a friend, is worth it.

Overview of Death Squared.

Download Death Squared for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Duel Otters

Duel Otters game
As the name implies, the game is a duel between otters, which means that there must be at least two players and two otters. Duel Otters consists of 11 mini-arcades, and the competition in the main mode takes place in the “best of 5” format, that is, victory in the match is awarded to the player who wins three out of five games. Only two users can play simultaneously on one iPhone or iPad, but in general, the competition can be held according to the Olympic system until the best of the company is identified.

Duel Otters is an app designed for kids, so the games here are very simple and require only one finger to control in most cases. This is a simple air hockey, a primitive mixture of baseball and tennis, towns, etc. If you need to distract two or more children for a while, then Duel Otters can easily cope with this task, provided you have at least one smartphone or tablet.

Download Duel Otters for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Bowmasters

Bowmasters game

A very popular and exciting game for both single player and online multiplayer. The gameplay is a turn-based shootout duel between two characters, each of which aims to hit the enemy by calculating the strength and trajectory of the throw or shot.

The trick is that the game is made with a fair amount of humor, and each of the 60+ characters is interesting in its own way, has its own weapon and unique fatality. For example, a dead cosmonaut Gorsky can throw a somewhat veiled flag of the USSR at the enemy, and as a fatality, he lands on the opponent’s head the likeness of the Soviet satellite Luna-1.

Download Bowmasters for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Tank Stars

Tank Stars

The gameplay is in many ways similar to Bowmasters (the same developer Playgendary) and is painfully familiar to all fans of Pocket Tanks and other similar games. The battle takes place between two tanks with a certain set of different charges, from a conventional explosive to an atomic bomb, the location is a destructible random terrain that can be used to gain an advantage (it is much easier to destroy an enemy stuck in a ravine than hiding behind a steep rock).

Download Tank Stars for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Table Tennis Touch

Table Tennis Touch - table tennis for iPhone

Undoubtedly, the best simulator of this sport in the App Store, which will not leave indifferent even a person who has never approached a tennis table in his life. Just putting a racket under the ball will not work here – to win, you will have to learn how to perform complex cut blows, calculate strength and trajectory, drive an opponent from corner to corner, etc. You can play with a friend on a local network or via the Internet.

Download Table Tennis Touch (App Store)

Worms 2: Armageddon

Worms 2: Armageddon game for iPhone

It is difficult to find a gamer with experience who has never played the legendary “worms”. Remarkably, over the years, Team 17 has been trying to replicate the success of Worms 2: Armageddon, but neither the 3D graphics nor the new weapons can top the 2009 masterpiece. The iOS version offers multiplayer via Bluetooth (up to 4 people) and Wi-Fi (2 people).

Download Worms 2: Armageddon for iPhone, iPad and iPod Touch (App Store)

♥ BY TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablik.com

Balda

Balda

One of the most common and familiar to almost everyone “paper” games for erudition, which previously entertained themselves in boring lessons and lectures. There are several advantages of playing on a smartphone or tablet at once – you can play remotely via the Internet, the application does not skip controversial words (when you add a large number of new words, the dictionary is automatically updated), scoring is done automatically, etc.

Game Balda

Download game Balda for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Fool online

Fool online

The most popular domestic card game, with the basic rules of which absolutely everyone is familiar. The reporting application offers to play the flip and transfer Fool, decks of 24, 36 and 52 cards, with a lot of additional options regarding the rules for tossing cards, the first release, etc. Here you can even try to cheat and cancel erroneous moves – everything is just like in real life.

Fool online

The game is played with real people at tables for 2-6 people with the possibility of adding friends, participating in online leaderboards, etc.

Download Durak Online for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

“Sea battle”

Sea Battle - Battleship Online game for iPhone and iPad

Naval Battle – timeless tactical classic is presented as an app for iOS devices. The game has an intuitive interface, beautiful design with animation effects.

Sea Battle - Battleship Online game for iPhone and iPad

You can play Sea Battle – Battleship Online both against the computer and online with real players.

Download Sea Battle for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Pocket Tanks Deluxe

Pocket Tanks Deluxe

An exciting turn-based strategy game for two players. On a small random location, there are two tanks with the widest arsenal and try to inflict maximum damage on each other. The game was very popular on the PC, and now it is successfully conquering mobile platforms. Multiplayer is available in Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connection mode.

Download Pocket Tanks Deluxe for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Grab-a-Word

Grab-a-word - a mind game with real opponents on iPhone and iPad

The exciting intellectual and strategic game Grab-a-Word (review) from domestic developers is something between the aforementioned Balda, Scrabble and Go.

Grab-a-word - a mind game with real opponents on iPhone and iPad

The player’s task is to compose words from the available cells with letters and paint them in a certain color. At the same time, the opponent will also get close to your cells. The winner of the game is the one who occupies at least one starting cell of the opponent.

You can play Grab-a-Word in three modes: classic game with an opponent without time limits, blitz tournament (time limited to five minutes), and competition with a friend.

Download Grab-a-Word for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

slide soccer

Slide Soccer - iPhone game

An arcade football simulator in which caps from beer bottles are laid out on the field instead of players. You can hit the ball both in turn and at the same time, while you can adjust the strength and direction of the blow, as well as twisting. Online play requires an internet connection.

Download Slide Soccer for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Heads Up: Hold’em (Poker)

Heads Up: Hold'em - poker for iPhone

To play poker with a friend, it is not at all necessary to register in large online rooms. It’s much easier to install a simple app like Heads Up: Hold’em and start dealing cards right away. Only one mode is available in the game – Heads Up (that is, one on one), while you can fight with a friend on the Internet or with thousands of opponents around the world through the Game Center.

Download Heads Up: Hold’em for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Sky Gamblers: Storm Raiders

Sky Gamblers: Storm Raiders

One of the best flight simulators in the App Store, made in the setting of World War II. The game qualitatively differs from analogues with convenient controls and fairly realistic physics. Multiplayer also pleases with the presence of several modes – Survival, Free Play, Team Play, Capture the Flag, etc.

Download Sky Gamblers: Storm Raiders for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Vainglory

iPhone 6 and iPad Air 2

If you’re tired of simple arcade games, you should try your hand at the full-blown strategy MOBA Vainglory, which was released by former Blizzard employees and quickly gained popularity among mobile gamers. 20-minute 3 vs 3 battles will allow you to have fun with the company of gamers.

Download Vainglory for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Zen Pinball

Zen Pinball - pinball for iPhone and iPad

Virtual pinball is familiar to every Windows user, and the skill of the player directly depends on how often the Internet is turned off. However, Zen Pinball is on a completely different level. Here are excellent three-dimensional graphics, well-developed physics, thematic locations based on popular comics, cartoons and television series, as well as the opportunity to fight with a friend over the network.

Download Zen Pinball for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Fruit Ninja

Fruit Ninja for iPhone

One of the first and, undoubtedly, the most popular “slicer” on mobile devices. The player is invited to cut fruit falling from above without touching the bombs. In multiplayer mode, each player needs to cut only their own fruits (highlighted in color), for encroaching on the enemy’s prey, a fine is due. In addition, it is possible to play together on one tablet, while each user is given their own half of the screen.

Download Fruit Ninja for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Asphalt 8: Airborne

asphalt 8 airborne for iPhone

One of the best racing arcades on mobile platforms with breakneck speeds, dangerous stunts and excellent graphics. The game has online multiplayer – you can play online against 11 racers from around the world.

Download Asphalt 8: Airborne for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Hearthstone: Heroes of Warcraft

hearthstone heroes of warcraft ipad

This project from Blizzard has radically changed the attitude of fans of war shooting games to collectible card games — absolutely all age, gender and other possible categories of users play Hearthstone. At the same time, the game is completely cross-platform, for network battles you only need an Internet connection.

Download Hearthstone: Heroes of Warcraft for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Multiponk

Multiponk is a successful mix of air hockey and ping pong. The main task of the player is to drive the puck into his goal, breaking through the defense.

Multiponk game for iPhone and iPad - improved classic Pong with dynamic multiplayer

Multiponk for iPhone can be played by 2 people at the same time, while on iPad it can be played by up to 4 players. Naturally, there is also a single tournament against the computer.

Download Multiponk for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Modern Combat 5: Blackout

iPad, games

From the race track to the battlefield, and here again we have Gameloft’s development – the best 3D FPS game Modern Combat 5: Eclipse. If a single player campaign can cause criticism, then the multiplayer game is implemented at the level of console and desktop counterparts. The only caveat is that users with gamepads have a significant advantage.

Download Modern Combat 5: Blackout for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Tower Madness HD

TowerMadness HD - game for iPhone

The main disadvantage of tower defense strategies is the monotony of the gameplay – opponents, endowed with primitive artificial intelligence, move in dense ranks towards their death, without changing tactics throughout the game. Multiplayer is another matter – TowerMadness HD can be played on one iPad in SplitScreen mode.

Download TowerMadness HD for iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Games, iPad, iPhone, multiplayer, player

Beholder Game – Snitch Simulator for iPhone, iPad and Mac

15/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Studio Alawar Entertainment has become known for its “casual” projects, behind which the fame of unpretentious toys designed for inexperienced users has been fixed. ‘Cause when the exit of the puzzle was announced Beholder for iPhone and iPad, we didn’t expect much from this novelty.

Download Beholder for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download Beholder for macOS (Mac App Store)

However, contrary to all forecasts, the developers have released a game that does not fit into the main line of their projects. Unlike the main products of the studio, Beholder turned out to be not just entertainment for the evening, the memory of which disappears immediately after the end of the game session, but a super-relevant at the present time a survival simulator in a totalitarian regime.

The Beholder game for iPhone and iPad is a simulation of life in a totalitarian state

So, we have to manage a certain Karl Stein, a simple hard worker who suddenly got the position of house manager. When we move into housing, which turns out to be a basement with three “rooms”, we find an alarming picture: the predecessor of the protagonist is taken out of the room, put in a black car and taken away in an unknown direction. The authorities immediately warn that they will not tolerate violation of the deadlines and disobedience to his orders. This is where our ordeals begin in an authoritarian system.

Naturally, there were direct and indirect references to well-known dystopias, both literary and gaming. The game is set in 1984 (a tribute to Orwell), and some gameplay and design features refer to the Papers, Please and This War of Mine projects. Wherein Beholder is a completely independent product.

The Beholder game for iPhone and iPad is a simulation of life in a totalitarian state

After settling in, we will have to serve the already settled tenants and look for new ones, but this is only a cover for the main activity: surveillance and identification of violators of the laws and rules of an unnamed state. That is, you will have to peep, write characteristics, denunciations, and sometimes substitute your tenants.

Extravagant decrees are stamped out by officials almost every day: it is either forbidden to wear blue ties, or ordinary apples are outlawed. For non-compliance with innovations – prison or execution. At first, the game seems simple to the point of disgrace: hand over all the violators and live as you live. But over time, the main character has a choice: to convey and earn credibility points or to help the guests for material rewards.

♥ BY TOPIC: Lumino City is a colorful and original puzzle game for iPhone, iPad and Mac.

And over time, money will acquire epochal significance: not only does our hero have a wife and children who need to be fed, they still sometimes get sick, which requires finance for treatment. Then the son will fall in love and he will need pocket money for walking with the girl, and later the daughter will become seriously ill. With each new trouble, Carl and we, along with him, will feel the dilemma of moral choice more and more acutely.

The Beholder game for iPhone and iPad is a simulation of life in a totalitarian state

You might think that in the end it all comes down to obvious truths: do good and your good deeds will pay off handsomely. But Beholder does not slip into empty moralizing. As soon as we help the suffering, how it can become even worse. And now, after such unexpected turns, there comes a moment when solving the simplest tasks becomes an extremely difficult process, because in the end, the life of the hero himself or, even worse, his loved ones, may be at stake.

As a result, in order to save relatives, you will have to sacrifice the inhabitants of your home. To protect loved ones from death, Carl will have to personally buy prohibited goods and throw them into the apartments of the guests chosen by the user. And not the fact that even in this case, everything will end well.

♥ BY TOPIC: Don’t Starve is an atmospheric action-adventure game for iPhone and iPad.

In addition to improving the house, spying on its inhabitants, writing denunciations and reports, helping those in need, the main character will also encounter revolutionary-minded citizens. To hand them over to the authorities – to endanger the lives of relatives, to help rebels – to arouse suspicion among officials. How to act is up to the player himself.

The Beholder game for iPhone and iPad is a simulation of life in a totalitarian state

Primitive-looking gameplay on closer inspection will be the most that neither is hardcore. You won’t be able to beat the game the first time. And therefore we will reveal a little secret: the most important in Beholder are money. It is they who will become the guarantee of the life and health of relatives, despite the fact that as a result of the struggle for this illusory well-being, innocent people may suffer. The law of the jungle in action. Therefore, in order to obtain the desired resources, Karl will be forced to steal, substitute, write fake denunciations and engage in other bad deeds.

This whole process is complicated by the lack of tips, tags, notes and other auxiliary elements. Sometimes the player may even need to record some of the information received from the characters in order to use it later for their own benefit. And this does not bother at all, because all our activities have an excellent scenario basis. The design plunges even more into the abyss of totalitarian hell.

As noted above, the first time Beholder unlikely to pass. However, after several attempts, you can unravel the main secrets of the game and defeat it without significant losses. Not everyone will succeed, but it’s definitely worth a try.

Download Beholder for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download Beholder for macOS (Mac App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Beholder, game, iPad, iPhone, Mac, simulator, snitch

How to Reduce Eye Strain When Using Your iPhone or iPad

14/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Many owners of iOS devices look at the iPhone and iPad screen for several hours every day, but not everyone knows that the correct display setting will reduce eye strain and make interaction with the gadget more comfortable for the eyes. With the help of various settings, you can increase the text size on the iPhone or iPad screen, change the font type, enlarge text fragments with a magnifying glass, etc.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to block a number on iPhone, how to view and remove numbers from the black list.

Video:

Increase text size

You don’t have to strain your eyes to make out text on an iPhone or iPad screen. If necessary, its size can be increased using several methods.

Using the option “Text size”, you can increase (or decrease) the font size. To do this, go to the menuSettings» → «Screen and brightness» → «Text size” and drag the slider to decrease or increase the font size.

How to Increase Text Size on iPhone

How to Increase Text Size on iPhone

If you want to increase not only the text, but also other elements (icons and buttons), go to the menu “Settings» → «Screen and brightness» → «View“. There are two options in this section –Increased” and “Standard“. When the first option is activated, the icons will be displayed larger.

How to Increase Text Size on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: 20 iPhone features that most users can turn off.

Set it to bold

How to make it bold on iPhone

Of course, the size of the text matters, but for many users, the boldness of the font is also important. You can change the font weight as follows: open the menu “Settings» → «Screen and brightness» → «Bold font“. After that, all text elements will look thicker and darker.

♥ BY TOPIC: How to save a website page in Safari on iPhone (iPad) for offline reading.

Magnify a specific area of ​​your iPhone or iPad screen

iOS has a zoom feature that allows you to magnify portions of your device’s screen using the zoom feature. “Increase”. To enable this functionality, open “Settings» → «Universal access» → «Increase“.

How to enlarge the screen on iPhone

How to enlarge the screen on iPhone

To call the function, you need to double-tap the screen with three fingers. You can move the magnifier around the screen and double-tap to change its size.

How to enlarge the screen on iPhone

In addition, iOS has a virtual magnifier that allows you to magnify various objects using the camera. In order to activate it, follow the path: application Settings → Accessibility → Shortcut and check the box next to magnifying glass.

How to turn on magnifying glass mode on iPhone

How to turn on magnifying glass mode on iPhone

Now, whenever there is a need to magnify something, press the side button (Power) three times – the Magnifier tool will appear on the screen (in detail).

How to turn on magnifier on iPhone

♥ BY TOPIC: 10 common mistakes when using iPhone and iPad.

Highlight buttons

In iOS 6, Apple redesigned the buttons to look like words on a screen. Fortunately, in iOS there is an opportunity to “load” the form a little. To do this, open the section “Settings» → «Universal access» → «Display and text size» → «Button shapes“.

How to enable button shapes in iOS

After making changes, buttons and other clickable elements on the screen will either be underlined or displayed as a rectangle (note the button Back in the screenshot below).

How to enable button shapes in iOS

♥ BY TOPIC: Why is my iPhone charging slowly and how to fix it?

Use Night Mode (Night Shift)

The Night Mode feature debuted in iOS 9.3. Its essence lies in the fact that at night the color scheme of the screens of the iPhone and iPad will warm up, protecting the eyes from excessive load, and return to the standard settings in the morning. By default, the mode turns on from sunset to sunrise, however, if desired, this setting can be changed. To do this, open the menuSettings» → «Screen and brightness» → «night shift” and set the time to turn on / off the function. In the mode settings there is a slider that allows you to change the color scheme of the screen.

How to enable Night Mode (Night Shift)

How to enable Night Mode (Night Shift)

♥ BY TOPIC: Why you need to use Night Shift (Night mode) on the iPhone – a scientific explanation.

Set your iPhone and iPad screen to turn off automatically

If there is no activity on the iPhone and iPad, the screen of the device will turn off and lock (usually after a minute of inactivity). Function “Auto-lock»locks the screen with a password to protect user data if the device is left unattended. If desired, the time of inactivity, after which the screen will be locked, can be increased by opening “Settings» → «Screen and brightness» → «Auto-lock” and selecting the desired option (from 30 seconds to 5 minutes).

How to enable auto-lock on iPhone

How to enable auto-lock on iPhone

If you want to disable auto-lock, select the option “Never“. If the iPhone is in battery saver mode, the screen will dim and lock faster regardless of the settings.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: eye, iPad, iPhone, reduce, strain

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

14/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Even with the release of iOS 10, Apple seriously decided to make the Photos app a competitor to Google Photos by introducing the Memories with the ability to group photos by events and create slideshows from them. In this article, we will talk about two ways to make a musical photo slideshow in the Photos app.

♥ BY TOPIC: Which iPhone has the best battery life? Comparison of battery life of all current iPhones in 2022.

How to make a musical slideshow (video from photo) in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

Apple offers two options for creating slideshows.

Option 1 (create a video movie from all the photos in the album + the ability to save)

1. Open the app Photo on iPhone or iPad, go to the tab Albums. Select the desired album to create a slideshow (movie). We talked in detail about how to create albums and folders in the Photos app in this article.

2. Click on the “···” in the upper right corner.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

3. In the menu that appears, select the item “Play video memories”.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

4. A slideshow of the photos in the album will start, accompanied by music.

5. Tap the screen to change the slide show options. Select a musical arrangement.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

6. To fine-tune the slideshow, press the button “…” in the upper right corner and in the pop-up window, select the required tool. Additional options allow you to change the slideshow title, title image, and more.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

In addition, the created slideshow will be placed in the format “Memories” tab “For you” photo apps.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

8. To save the slideshow as a video to the Photos app or share it with your friends, return to the home screen (before pressing the “…”) and press the button Share in the lower left corner.

If the created slideshow contains a licensed song (soundtrack), a message will appear “Can’t share a song”. In this case, click “Choose a soundtrack to share” and select another song.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

9. In the menu that appears, select “Save video». The video slideshow will be saved in the Photos app.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad

♥ BY TOPIC: Video from photos on iPhone and iPad are the best apps to create videos from photos.

Option 2 (create a video movie from select album photos + more options for choosing animation effects and musical accompaniment)

1. Open the app Photo on iPhone or iPad, go to the tab Albums. Select the desired album to create a slideshow (movie). We talked in detail about how to create albums and folders in the Photos app in this article.

2. To select all photos for the slideshow, click the “···” in the upper right corner.

To create a slideshow of selected photos, click the button Select and highlight the desired pictures, then click the···” in the upper right corner.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone

3. Select an item Slide show. The slide show will automatically start in full screen.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

4. Touch the screen to change settings. Click the button Parameters to change slideshow settings.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

In chapter Music choose one of the proposed standard songs or music from the application Music (Apple Music).

In chapter Topic select a slide display style. To repeat slides, activate the item To repeat.

To decrease or increase the playback speed of the picture, use the slider with the image of a turtle and a hare.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

Changing the soundtrack also entails recomposing the entire clip to match the tempo and tone of the composition.

It should be noted that the slideshow created using the second option does not provide for the possibility of saving the video and sending it to friends. The created slideshow can only be viewed on an iOS device or transferred to a TV with an Apple TV set-top box.

How to make a musical slideshow in the Photos app on iPhone or iPad and share it

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: App, iPad, iPhone, musical, photos, share, slideshow

Review of Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad: an ode to “alien” retro shooters of the 80s

14/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Are you a Gradius or R-Type fan? Do you like pixel retro graphics? Then you’ll love Super Hydorah, which was released on mobile a few months after the game’s release on PC and PS4/Vita.

Download Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Released in 2017, Super Hydorah has everything true fans of horizontal shoot ’em ups could ask for. The player moves forward towards the exit from left to right, avoiding obstacles, avoiding enemies and dodging bombs. If you are crazy about bursts of adrenaline and gambling to the point of trembling in your hands, Super Hydorah is the game for you!

Overview of Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad

In the game, you will control a spaceship that shoots automatically, so you only need to avoid obstacles and aim accurately. Don’t worry, you’ll have to work hard on other things (such as weapon customization, which we’ll cover below), so you won’t be bored. If you press both sides of the screen at the same time, the ship will stop firing. This feature comes in handy on levels where you don’t want to destroy certain objects, or want to know who is shooting where in the most intense firefights.

Overview of Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad

The parallax scrolling works great and you can zoom in on objects in all levels of the game and view them from different angles. That is, Super Hydorah is still not one hundred percent horizontal shooter. In addition, you can go back if you suddenly want to finish off the enemy or bomb the tower. However, this is not always possible, as different mechanics and layers are used at different levels.

♥ BY TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the editors of Apple: 100 of the most-most.

Overview of Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad

If I may say so, the game is polished to a shine. The spirit of retro blows not only from pixel graphics – “old school” is also added by a well-chosen soundtrack. There are explosion sound effects and other goodies that add to Super Hydorah’s 1980s tech noir vibe.

During the game, you will try on the role of a pilot fighting against alien invaders. The cost of Super Hydorah in the App Store is 529 rubles. Such a price may seem too high for a mobile game. However, do not forget that the mobile version is a fully ported version for desktops and consoles, which costs twice as much. Plus, the game looks great on iPads or larger iPhones.

Overview of Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad

Super Hydorah has two display modes – standard and CRT. The CRT mode is based on how similar games looked on the screen of old cathode ray tube (CRT) televisions. This mode will be a real gift for those who played such video games 20 years ago and want to get nostalgic.

I must say, Super Hydorah is laced with nostalgia. It has a lot of references to the classics of yesteryear, more specifically Konami’s Gradius series. You can upgrade weapons after you deal with the leaders of the aliens and complete levels before moving on to the next. The game provides three classes of weapons from which you can choose. In addition, you can improve your weapons by flying through the green (primary) and red (secondary) orbits left behind by downed aliens.

Overview of Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad

Before choosing a direction of flight, check the map, which shows the forking paths. You will have to work hard in the fight against alien enemies, but the game can not be called too difficult, especially in easy mode. It is worth noting that Super Hydorah has two difficulty modes. In normal mode, you have one shield and resistance to one enemy shot. In easy mode, you have three shields at your disposal that can absorb three enemy hits, and another one for the ship that protects from explosions. In other words, you can survive four attacks, but the fifth shot will kill your character.

Unlike other shooters, in Super Hydorah the virtual control panel works perfectly on the touch screen. It is very convenient to play with the thumb of the right hand. If you’re a fan of the shoot ’em up subgenre, be sure to download Super Hydorah. The game is also great for fans of classic 80s shooters.

Download Super Hydorah for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 80s, alien, Hydorah, iPad, iPhone, ode, retro, review, shooters, Super

AirDrop, or how to quickly transfer photos or videos from iPhone to iPhone (iPad, Mac)

13/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 7, Apple began to integrate data transfer technology into its mobile devices. AirDrop, with which you can share multimedia files between iOS devices. In this article, we will show you how to transfer photos from iPhone to any other iOS device or Mac computer using AirDrop technology.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpapers on iPhone or iPad based on time, location, etc.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

one. Make sure that wireless interfaces such as WiFi and Bluetooth… You can do this through Control Center or the Settings app.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

2. Turn on AirDrop from the Control Center, to do this, press and hold the button-block with wireless interfaces, and then activate the switch of the same name.

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

This can be done for all users, or only for your contacts.

If you are not included in the recipient’s contact list, ask them to set the AirDrop reception settings to “For all”…

How to enable AirDrop on iPhone or iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

How to Transfer Photos or Videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad, or Mac Using AirDrop

one. Open the stock appPhoto”, press the button “Select» and select the desired photos or videos.

2. Open the menu “Share“.

How to Transfer Photos or Videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad, or Mac Using AirDrop

3… Click the AirDrop icon and select the icon with the name of the device to send content.

How to Transfer Photos or Videos from iPhone to iPhone, iPad, or Mac Using AirDrop

All that remains is to confirm the receipt of files on the paired device.

If you do not see an active device with enabled airdrop, make sure that his device is unlocked, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are activated, and AirDrop reception is set to “For all”…

In the same way, you can transfer not only videos, but also notes, contacts, web pages, documents, and other files.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: AirDrop, iPad, iPhone, Mac, photos, quickly, transfer, videos

DISCOUNT (459r → 99r) Money Pro – a program for accounting finance for iPhone, iPad, Mac, Android and Windows

13/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Once again opening a wallet or checking an account on a bank card, you ask yourself a question – “Where did the money go?” Starting to frantically remember, you realize that only half of the money spent was directed in the right direction.

Download Money Pro for iPhone, iPad and Apple Watch (App Store)…
Download Money Pro for Mac (Mac App Store)…

To prevent this from happening from month to month, you need to start planning. And having an iPhone, iPad, Mac and the corresponding application, it will take very little time. Let’s see how good the face is. Money pro…

Money Pro - a program for accounting finance

The work in this kind of programs is based on three pillars: the regular recording of all transactions, budget planning and analysis.

Transactions

Money Pro - a program for accounting finance

The ease of adding expenses and income is the key to the success of any finance manager, because these actions must be performed daily and many times.

The Money Pro application has many categories of expenses and income with individual icons, the ability to comment, attach a photo, add tags, counterparties and assign a class.

There is also a calendar, thanks to which you can quickly move to a specific day and see all the actions performed.

Money Pro - a program for accounting finance

In the tab “Balance»The available funds are managed. Here, when adding a new account, you can choose a suitable icon from a large variety. All icons are sorted into categories.

There is the possibility of adding a widget that allows you to carry out a scheduled transaction or go to the application to perform a new operation.

Budget planning

Money Pro - a program for accounting finance

Everything is simple and straightforward. There is an analogue of the calendar for quick transition to various types, as well as the columns of expenses and income.

Subcategories are added to expenses. In fact, the fewer categories in general, the easier it is to add a transaction. We strongly recommend that you keep this element to a minimum. Otherwise, you need to spend a lot of time adding a record of the next expense.

Money Pro - a program for accounting finance

Also cool is that the circles themselves visually display the amount of money spent in relation to the planned budget for each category.

Analysis

Finding a hole in your budget will require reports. V Money pro there are a sufficient number of them.

Of the additional goodies, there are graphs in the form of a diagram and useful filters.

Control of bank accounts and cash

Control of bank accounts and cash

The program has literally a magical function – “Online banking”. All transactions made by cards will immediately be synchronized with Money Pro and automatically sorted by category. True, a monthly subscription to this service will cost the user 529 rubles (requires a GOLD subscription).

Money Pro is a cross-platform application, in addition to versions for iOS and macOS, the program is also available on Android and Windows.

Control of bank accounts and cash

Download Money Pro for iPhone, iPad and Apple Watch (App Store)…
Download Money Pro for Mac (Mac App Store)…

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 459r, 99r, accounting, Android, DISCOUNT, finance, iPad, iPhone, Mac, money, Pro, Program, windows

How to put a password for an application in an iPhone or iPad

12/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

If you have a child who often asks your iPhone or iPad to play, pay attention to the function Screen Time… With its help, you can allow your child to use some applications and functions and restrict access to others with a password.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

Video:

Starting with iOS 12 on iPhone and iPad, it became possible to set a time limit on the use of the device so that your child does not sit on the phone all day.

In addition, you can use this method for your own purposes, for example, if your phone is sometimes used by unauthorized persons.

In this article, we’ll show you how to restrict your child’s access to apps on your iOS device.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to hide (password) the correspondence with any person in Viber on the iPhone.

How to restrict access to apps and actions on iPhone and iPad

1. On the home screen, open the app “Settings”;

2. Go to the section Screen Time and press Enable Screen Time.

How do I turn off notifications from the Quick Commands app in iOS?

3. On the screen that appears, click the Continue, and on the next one choose one of the options This is my iPhone or This is my baby’s iPhone (by and large, it doesn’t matter which item you choose).

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

4. On the main screen, the functions Screen time, click the link button Use passcode…

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

Create a passcode that will be required to be allowed to view the app.

How to block access to select sites on iPhone and iPad

Enter your Apple ID, which you may need in case you forget your passcode.

How to block access to select sites on iPhone and iPad

4. Return to the main page of the section Screen Time and select the item “Content and Privacy”;

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

5. Slide the switch opposite “Content and Privacy” into position Included;

6. Select the required section to create restrictions: “ITunes Store and App Store Purchases”, “Allowed Programs” or “Content restrictions”;

7. Disable any required applications or actions.

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

8. Disabled apps will no longer appear on the home screen. To reactivate access to them, repeat all the above steps and move the switches in the opposite direction.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to set a password to launch selected games and programs on iPhone and iPad

Starting with iOS 12, it became possible to set time limits for using applications. You can unlock locked apps by entering your passcode.

1. On the home screen, open the app “Settings”;

2. Go to the section Screen Time and press Enable Screen Time.

How do I turn off notifications from the Quick Commands app in iOS?

3. On the screen that appears, click the Continue, and on the next one choose one of the options This is my iPhone or This is my baby’s iPhone (by and large, it doesn’t matter which item you choose).

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

4. On the main screen, the functions Screen time, click the link button Use passcode…

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

Create a passcode that will be required to be allowed to view the app.

How to block access to select sites on iPhone and iPad

Enter your Apple ID in case you forget your passcode.

How to block access to select sites on iPhone and iPad

5. Return to the main page of the section Screen Time and select the item “Application limits”;

6. Install the switch “Application limits” into position Included and press “Add limit”;

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

7. Select the required software, which will be limited by limits and click the button “Further”;

8. Install the switch “Block at the end of the limit” into position “Included”…

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

9. Set the time limit after which the selected applications will stop opening. Here you can also specify the required days.

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

Note: If you want to set a permanent password for launching a specific application, set the limit to 1 minute.

When you launch a blocked application (after the limit has expired), the system will display a screen with a notification that the limit has been reached, and the icons of the blocked applications will dim and an hourglass icon will appear next to them.

To continue working with the blocked application, click on the button “Ask for more time”and then on “Enter code-password”…

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

After successfully entering the password code, the user will be offered 3 options to unlock the application:

  • Approve for 15 minutes;
  • Approve for an hour;
  • Approve for the day.

How to set a password for an app on an iPhone or iPad

10. To control the limits on all devices synchronized with one Apple ID, select the radio button “Consider on all devices” on the main page of the section Screen Time into position “On”…

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: application, iPad, iPhone, password, put

Advertising of the first iPhone | Apple

12/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

On the eve of the start of sales of the first iPhone, Apple released a commercial that contained short scenes from famous films with famous actors. All the scenes were united by only one thing – in each of them, the hero answered the call with the word “Hello”.

At the end of the video, the viewer is asked to say “Hello” in response to a call to a new iPhone. The advertisement is quite simple and the only thing that colors it is the number of good films “mentioned” by the creators of the advertisement. At the same time, do not forget that according to the rules of marketing, a new product must necessarily “light up” next to famous actors or models. Here, this prescription was not reproduced literally, and the authors of the video can already be praised for this.

The first iPhone ad featured scenes from famous movies

The ad premiered at the Academy Awards in February 2007, four months before the official launch of the first iPhone. You hardly remember this video and this is another reason why you can watch it. At the same time, while watching, you can count how many movies you know from the advertisements. We guarantee not that much.

At one time, the first iPhone was almost a design masterpiece. People bought a smartphone not so much for its features as for its looks and ease of use.

Apple, as it seems to us, keeps its brand up to now. Including in the creation of commercials.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: advertising, apple, iPhone

How to Type Faster on iPhone: Helpful Hint

12/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Working with the virtual keyboard on iPhone and iPad can seem much more pleasant than at first glance, if you use its functionality to the maximum – for example, do not switch the layout for entering special characters.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

Most users, when typing numbers or symbols, constantly press the “123 “, then go to the appropriate keyboard, select the desired character and again return to the alphabetic one.

But instead of constantly switching the layout from text to digital, you can use the following method. Instead of switching, it just follows press the “123” button and without lifting your finger from the screen move to the required symbols… The keyboard will automatically switch from alphabetic to numeric, and after entering the required character, it will return to its original position – to the previous layout. Try it!

♥ ON TOPIC: The battery on the iPhone is draining quickly, why and what to do? 40 ways to solve.

How to speed up typing on iPhone

As you can see, the method is completely elementary and really saves time. A similar possibility exists for the button Shift – instead of tapping on it, you can simply pinch it and enter text.

How to speed up typing on iPhone

As practice shows, users rarely know about such things, preferring to use familiar, but more complex manipulations.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: faster, helpful, Hint, iPhone, type

Review of the game GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad: racing with console graphics

11/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Like a tense action game, GRID Autosport easily switches you from one race to the next, while driving at high speed forces you to concentrate exclusively on the section of road in front of you. It is quite difficult to shift your focus when you are trying to stay in a leading position, and there are only three sharp turns left to the finish line.

Download GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Only when the race becomes less intense and there is an opportunity to take a breath, you begin to notice that something is missing in GRID Autosport – there are no garages and advanced team management, there is no “fancy” upgrade system, there is no camera that allows you to admire the ride from any angle … GRID Autosport is pure racing.

GRID Autosport includes a huge amount of content, including all DLC packs and over 100 cars and tracks. There are six classes available to players, and races take place in 28 locations around the world. The difficulty level of the game can be adjusted to your liking – from super-easy to ultra-realistic.

The GRID Autosport project is made in the best traditions of Codemasters. The simulation here is at the highest level, which makes the game a worthy successor to other studio developments. The cars became heavier, plus they significantly added downforce, so you can forget about drifting in races, there is a separate discipline for this. All cars behave differently, and the game will require a more thoughtful approach – you will not be able to slow down quickly while cornering at a speed of 160 km / h, but simply crash and damage your car.

The developers went to meet the users and simplified some aspects of the game. The limited ability to use the time spin provides a second chance to fix a bad turn, albeit only in single player mode. The game also offers tutorials on how to save traffic, where to step on the gas and where to brake.

GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad

♥ ON TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablyk.com: 60 most-most.

GRID Autosport has a career mode, but like everything else in the game, it encourages the player to get on the track as soon as possible. The game has a place for almost all racing disciplines from the real world – from racing with open wheels and touring, to endurance competition and “street” races. All disciplines differ from each other, each has its own level of progress – the most successful players receive the best sponsors and rewards for completing various tasks.

GRID Autosport

Each discipline requires different skills. In “formulas” almost mathematical accuracy in every turn and a high qualifying result are important, in endurance competitions you need to monitor the tires and keep a stable pace, and in touring and street races – to be able to quickly and cleanly overtake, because according to the rules for victories in some races, others will inevitably have to start from the very tail of the starting field.

GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad

The beauty of GRID Autosport is that the game never forces the rider to stick to a certain line. Each discipline has its own level of progress (together with a sponsor, a racing car, etc.), and the player himself is free to decide which of the disciplines to choose at the moment. Of course, the final series of Grid Legend will require skill in all five categories, but GRID Autosport does not force the player to compete in one race or another.

Before the start of each race, you will have to choose a sponsor who dictates literally everything – from the goal to the model of the car you will drive. All this information is displayed in short menus.

GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad

GRID Autosport

This simplicity is a nod to players who just want to be behind the wheel and step on the gas. Instead of worrying about what color to paint the car or what to answer in post-race press conferences, you will take practice runs to prepare for qualifying events in the hopes of gaining a better position on the starting line.

GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad

In GRID Autosport, the developers have wisely brought back the cockpit view, for the disappearance of which in Grid 2 received a lot of criticism from fans. Generally speaking, Codemasters removed from the game everything that could displease old fans and, oddly enough, this approach works in many ways – at least GRID Autosport is not overloaded with unnecessary details. The point is not how many “bells and whistles” there are in the game, but what is not in it. Like rebuilding an engine, Codemasters took apart everything that makes up modern racing, revisited and polished every part, and then reassembled all the elements together.

GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad

In addition, it should be noted the successful implementation of control in the game using 3D Touch and Taptic Engine, as well as support for MFi controllers.

Download GRID Autosport for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Autosport, console, game, graphics, GRID, iPad, iPhone, racing, review

Checking Mail on iPhone: Sample, Push or Manual, Which Should I Choose?

10/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

In this article, we will tell you about all the modes of checking mail in the regular Mail client on the iPhone and iPad, and also recommend which one to choose for daily use.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to recognize an iPhone – “drowned”, or where is the moisture (water) sensor on any iPhone.

How to set up mail delivery (e-mail) on iPhone or iPad

In the standard mail client Mail, there are three modes of checking mail: “Sample”, “Push” and “Manually”…

Sometimes it happens that due to our own inattention, or because of someone’s playful pens, and sometimes completely by themselves, certain functions stop working for us. If the standard iOS mail client Mail has stopped automatically receiving mail and you do not know what to do, you must perform the following steps:

one… On iPhone or iPad, open Settings → Mail…

2… Select the menu “Loading data“.

3… For the required mailboxes, specify the schedule “Push“,”Sample” or “Manually“. You will find a description of each mode below.

Checking Mail on iPhone: Sample, Push or Manual, Which Should I Choose?

Checking Mail on iPhone: Sample, Push or Manual, Which Should I Choose?

Push

The “Push” function allows you to automatically push messages from the mail service to the iPhone or iPad as soon as they appear on the server. It should be noted that “Push” is not available for all mail servers. Do not forget about the obvious disadvantage of Push – the function consumes a little more battery. Push is ideal for active users who need to receive emails promptly.

♥ ON TOPIC: Ultra-wide-angle camera on iPhone: how to turn it on and use.

Sample

By specifying the mode “Sample“, You must select the appropriate value:

  • Automatically: iPhone or iPad will download letters in the background, provided that the device is connected to a charger and a Wi-Fi network.
  • Manually: The data will be downloaded to the device only when the application is launched.
  • Hourly, 30 minutes and 15 minutes: The data will be downloaded automatically according to the selected check interval.

Checking Mail on iPhone: Sample, Push or Manual, Which Should I Choose?

It should be noted that the battery will be consumed more economically if you perform the sampling less often.

♥ ON TOPIC: Which iPhone has the best battery life? Comparison of battery life of all current iPhones.

Manually

Manual check of mail will fall entirely on the user. We opened the application, pulled the work area down and waited for new letters to load. If you rarely receive letters or practically do not use mail, then this is your option.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Checking, choose, iPhone, Mail, manual, push, sample

Refurbished (ref) iPhone: how to distinguish from the original

10/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The sale of official refurbished (refs, “like new”, CPO) iPhones in Russia began only in the winter of 2015-2016. Such smartphones appear on sale only by some Russian Apple retailers (Svyaznoy, MTS, M.Video, etc.). Do we need to buy such iPhones and how do they differ from ordinary ones, we will tell in this article?

♥ ON TOPIC: What happens to calls and SMS when you’re in Do Not Disturb mode on your iPhone or iPad.

Video:

What is a ref (refurbished) iPhone

First you need to decide on the concepts. A refurbished (or “refurbished”) iPhone is not always a second-hand smartphone, completely free from existing defects. It could be new smartphone, which, but for any reason (for example, a defect in the production process), was interfered with by the technical control service of the manufacturer.

From service centers around the world, iPhones are damaged and sent to an Apple partner factory, where complete replacement (not repair) of all problem modules, mandatory replacement of the case screen, reinstallation of software and removal of the device from the database of used (activated) gadgets…

At the same time, the “like new” iPhone gets new serial number, manufacturer’s warranty (same as new – 1 year), documentation, charger, headphones (i.e. all new kit) and sent to the Apple Store shelf or reseller store.

The range of refurbished iPhones is made up of smartphones of 1-3 years old. It should also be borne in mind that current flagship iPhones are not sold as refurbished in their first year of sales.

Naturally, the final price of such a device is lower (usually by 10-25%), but the difference is not as significant as we would like.

Summarizing the above, we can conclude that the official iPhone ref is no different from the new device…

♥ ON TOPIC: Which iPhone has the best battery life?

How to distinguish a refurbished (CPO, ref) iPhone from a regular new or refurbished used iPhone

Extremely undesirable buy new iPhone in ordinary small online stores and sellers from flea markets (of course, there is no talk of large official retailers such as Svyaznoy, MTS, M.Video, etc.). Most of these phones will be packed used with a non-original kit. In this case, it’s best to buy an official refurbished iPhone refurbished by Apple specialists.

It is quite easy to distinguish a smartphone that is really restored by the manufacturer.

First of all, the box speaks about it – she is noticeably different from packaging new iPhone (photo below), and also has a corresponding inscription at the bottom of the front side – “Apple Certified Pre-Owned “ (CPO).

The photo below is a photo of the boxes of the new iPhone 11 Pro and the original refurbished (ref, CPO, “like new”) iPhone 11 Pro:

New iPhone 11 Pro

New iPhone 11 Pro box

Refurbished (ref) iPhone 11 Pro

Refurbished (ref) iPhone 11 Pro

Moreover, the model refurbished iPhone starts on “F” and sometimes contains an abbreviation RFB (refurbished), and the model of the new iPhone always starts with the letter “M”… In detail.

Refurbished iPhone

IPhone X CPO Model

New iPhone label:

New iPhone 11 Pro Max box

Refurbished iPhone label:

How does a refurbished (ref, refubrished) iPhone 6 differ from a new and used one?

As mentioned above, the buyer of a refurbished iPhone is entitled to a year of free official warranty service from Apple, which can be easily verified using this instruction:

How to check if you bought a new iPhone?

And yes, the official CPO (“like new”, ref) is always sold unactivated, just like a regular new Apple smartphone. This can be easily verified using this instruction.

Good luck with your iPhone!

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: distinguish, iPhone, original, ref, refurbished

Why does 0 on the iPhone dial-up keypad go after 9, and in the calculator before 1?

10/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

And really – nine, and then immediately zero. Why is it so – after all, according to logic, 0 should come before the one (as in a calculator), and not after the nine?

The thing is that phones have never had a zero – in its usual sense. 0 on devices with a disk actually means not a “zero”, but … ten! That is why they put him in the position of this figure – just after nine. Calculator designers abandoned this idea – they put 0 under one, i.e. in a natural position, but the creators of smartphone keyboards already adhered to “telephone” developments.

Why does 0 on the iPhone dial-up keypad go after 9, and in the calculator before 1?

Now let’s figure out why everything happened this way.

One of the first automatic telephone exchanges were decade-step. When dialing a number, each digit produced a series of quick openings of the electrical circuit – the “one” gave one 66-millisecond break (in the tube it is heard as one click), the “three” – three breaks, etc., and the technique (step seekers, signal ringer) has already converted them to phone numbers. Zero gave 10 clicks at once (that’s why the old automatic telephone exchanges were called “decade”, from the Greek “deca”, ie ten).

Why is the number 0 on my smartphone keyboard after 9?

There was no other way to do it – the system cannot do zero clicks. As a result, it turned out that 0 was put after 9 – and this is absolutely logical.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: calculator, dialup, iPhone, keypad

DISCOUNT (479p → 99p) Review of the game Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad – a high-quality hybrid of Diablo and Legend of Zelda in pixel style

10/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Hyper Light Drifter is a prime example of how understanding a product’s storytelling aids gameplay. Artist Alex Preston has set out to raise funds on Kickstarter to create a 2D hybrid of Diablo and Legend of Zelda. Hyper Light Drifter was created in the classic pixel style, in which the game interface itself, and even the plot, underwent asceticism.

Download Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Thanks to the company on Kickstarter, we managed to find out that the main character is a stalker who is looking for rare artifacts by selling them to merchants. The character clearly experiencing health problems wanders the empty world in search of a cure for his mysterious and terrible disease. So playing Alex Preston shared his story, suffering from a congenital heart defect. But what happened to the world itself – it will be difficult to understand. We’ll have to look for special monoliths with symbols printed on them and try to decipher them. This is not an easy matter, it is no coincidence that on the forums and on YouTube, fans offer their own options for interpreting the plot. We are not offered any textual and sound inclusions about what happened earlier. We’ll have to speculate based on the appearance of stories of rare characters encountered, presented in the form of not even clips, but pictures.

Review of the game Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad

The game world is a city and four locations diverging from it in different directions. Even if civilization has collapsed, the journey will not be easy. The tramp has an energy sword in his equipment, with which he can crush enemies near him. Another weapon of the hero is an energy pistol for attacks from a distance. Over time, the tramp will also be able to throw bombs, which will help to cope with the accumulation of enemies. Often you will have to jump over gaps, which is helped by the skill of acceleration, a kind of jump. Everywhere a kind of drone travels behind the vagrant, which helps him in healing and activating mechanisms.

Review of the game Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad

♥ ON TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the version of Yablyk: 100 most-most.

As you progress through the level, the strength and number of monsters increase, which makes you think over and change tactics. There are only five bosses, but only the last one is really difficult. Thoughtlessly crushing enemies will not work – the number of cartridges is limited, and after three blows with the sword, the tramp pauses. Even the first aid kit must be used wisely – a missed blow will interrupt the treatment. In general, all the skills of the hero are thought out, and victory in difficult battles is akin to solving a puzzle. You can carry only from three to five first-aid kits with you, which makes you not rush madly into battle at numerous enemies. Fortunately, there is no special punishment for death – the tramp simply returns to a checkpoint nearby.

Review of the game Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad

In the yellow containers hidden a kind of analogue of money, which can be used to purchase simple upgrades. But most of the required things, as well as first aid kits, switches and keys, are hidden by other items. So the tramp will have to look at literally all corners and unobvious places, but the bonuses can pleasantly surprise you.

Despite the seeming limitations of pixel art, the animators managed to create a juicy and vibrant picture. Some “acidity” can even hurt the eye, but this can be easily corrected by simply lowering the brightness in the game settings. The influence on the creators of the anime genre is subconsciously felt. There are a lot of square shapes in the game, so pixel art does not seem to be a cheapening of the product, but an appropriate tool.

Review of the game Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad

The soundtrack in Hyper Light Drifter is hard to find fault with. Melancholic and mesmerizing music can remain so even in dynamic battles, but sometimes it turns into harsh ambient, forcing you to start up and feel like a participant in an intense action. The sound design still emphasizes a kind of melancholy from everything that happens – civilization has died, and our vagabond does not have much of a chance to change the fate of the world.

Review of the game Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad

Hyper Light Drifter has received very high critical acclaim. They celebrate her exquisite pixel art, soundtrack, detailed game world, and a fair amount of complexity. Hyper Light Drifter is not a one-time, simple and understandable slasher. It is worth accepting the peculiarity of the graphics and enjoying the sound background. Over time, the game will open its world and you really want to understand it. It is no coincidence that the creators have been working on Hyper Light Drifter for two whole years, honing details and scattering secrets. A quick passage will take from 7 to 9 hours, but it will take at least 20 hours to open all caches and secret rooms. The game will definitely appeal to numerous fans of The Legend of Zelda, but in itself it is capable of finding fans. Hyper Light Drifter has managed to successfully combine both meditative walks with appropriate music and dynamic battles.

Download Hyper Light Drifter for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 479p, 99p, Diablo, DISCOUNT, Drifter, game, highquality, hybrid, Hyper, iPad, iPhone, Legend, Light, pixel, review, style, Zelda

What the first iPhone iPhone 2G could do

09/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

January 9, 2007 Apple co-founder Steve Jobs introduced the world to the touchscreen smartphone of the company, which received the name iPhone… Sales started only six months later – on June 29, 2007. For that time, the device of the Cupertino-based company was very innovative and interesting.

♥ ON TOPIC: iPhones not released by Apple: Photos of prototypes of the first iPhone models.

Before the iPhone appeared on the mobile market, smartphones were quite large and consisted of two parts: a screen and a keyboard. Moreover, in most cases, their ratio was 1: 1.

iPhone 2g Compared to Other Smartphones

Even though it was possible to view Internet content, users could not open the full versions of the websites. In this regard, companies had to develop the simplest mobile versions of their resources.

However, this was all before the advent of the iPhone, which changed the state of affairs in the smartphone market. It should be noted that by modern standards first iPhone was a fairly primitive gadget with many software and hardware limitations.

As you can see in the photo above, the iPhone looked much prettier than other smartphones existing at that time.

Video presentation in Russian:

♥ ON TOPIC: Apple’s story in pictures – how Steve Jobs saved the company and brought it back to success.

There was no 3G or LTE

The first Apple smartphone didn’t even have 3G support. Cellular data transmission could only be carried out through the EDGE standard, or 2G, which is rather slow.

♥ ON TOPIC: What Tim Cook (Apple CEO) looked like in school (photo).

There was no App Store and popular apps

15 years ago there was no App Store, that is, iPhone owners could not enjoy Angry Birds, Instagram, Vkontakte client or any other entertainment applications. Agree, today it is the programs that are the advantage of the smartphone from Apple, because they allow you to use all the functionality of the device.

♥ ON TOPIC: Ron Wayne is the third co-founder of Apple who abandoned the company after 12 days for … $ 800.

There was no wallpaper support – exclusively black background

black background in iPhone 2g

While today users can choose any image as their home screen or lock screen wallpaper, then only a black background was available. Wallpaper setting was not available.

♥ ON TOPIC: 70 interesting facts about IT technologies.

Lack of functions “Copy” and “Paste”

Only three years after the first iPhone was released, engineers implemented Cut, Copy and Paste functions in the smartphone. As for the synchronization of the smartphone, for this purpose, for 5 years, it was necessary to connect the iPhone to the computer (now there is the possibility of Wi-Fi synchronization).

♥ ON TOPIC: Why is the Apple logo a bitten apple?

Typing in portrait mode only

When typing in SMS and email applications, the keyboard only worked in portrait mode. Sending photos via regular message was not available.

♥ ON TOPIC: The history of Nokia – from dawn to dusk.

Lack of GPS

When traveling, I still had to use a regular GPS navigator.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to make a brazier, an aquarium, a bench, a lamp, a letterbox, etc. from old Macs. (Photo).

4 GB storage

The first iPhone came with only 4GB of built-in storage. With the release of the iPhone XS in 2018, Apple smartphones got a version with an impressive 512GB built-in storage.

♥ ON TOPIC: What phones did they use before the iPhone was released: 10 popular models (video).

2 megapixel camera without video recording

The smartphone was equipped with a 2-megapixel camera, which, among other things, could not shoot video. There was no Action Center, Siri, and Control Center back then.

iphone 2g

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on an iPhone: 2 ways.

There was no front camera

While selfies are ubiquitous now, the original iPhone didn’t have a front-facing camera. In fact, the front camera was missing until the iPhone 4 launched in 2010 with the new FaceTime video calling feature.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to buy games, applications, pay for Apple Music without linking a card.

There was no flash and flashlight

The iPhone 2G lacked an LED flash and flashlight. With the launch of the App Store, some flashlight apps were released that displayed a white screen at maximum brightness to simulate a flashlight.

♥ ON TOPIC: iPhone turns off in cold weather: why is this happening?

There was no Siri

Apple’s voice digital assistant was launched alongside the iPhone 4S in 2011.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

Didn’t have Touch ID or Face ID

While modern iPhones and iPads are equipped with biometric authentication systems such as Face ID or Touch ID, the original iPhone could only be secured with a four-digit passcode. Touch ID debuted on the iPhone 5s in 2013, and Face ID debuted on the iPhone X in 2017.

♥ ON TOPIC: Continuous shooting on iPhone and iPad: how to take 10 frames per second and choose the best image.

There was no wireless charging

The first iPhones to support wireless charging were the iPhone 8, iPhone 8 Plus, and iPhone X, released in 2017.

Summing up, it is worth noting that since the appearance of the first touchscreen smartphone Apple devices of this type have become much “smarter”, faster and prettier. Be that as it may, do not forget that almost with the iPhone began the path of “evolution” of touch devices.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone

How to pluralize iPhone and iPad correctly – Apple’s answer

09/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The story begins in April 2016, when Phil Schiller, Apple’s senior vice president of marketing, gave a short lesson on English to his Twitter followers. He explained why it is impossible to form the plural from the name of “apple” products.

♥ ON TOPIC: Contact photo when calling in full iPhone screen – how to do?

The reason for the educational program was a discussion between analysts Benedict Evans and Michael Gatenberg. They both figured out how to properly pluralize the iPad Pro tablet. The options featured iPads Pro and iPad Pros. Phil Schiller intervened in the dispute, who explained to the ignorant that the names of “apple” devices do not have plurals.

In his mini-lesson, Schiller separately mentioned that the use of the sentence “I have three Macs” is incorrect. It would be correct to say, “I have three Macintosh computers.” And the same goes for the iPhone and iPad. For example, Mr. Evans has two iPad Pros. “

Phil Schiller teaches grammar

However, vigilant users found an example of a violation of these rules in a press release from Apple itself. In it, “illiterate” authors dared to form the plural from the word iPhone – iPhones.

How to pluralize iPhone and iPad correctly - Apple's answer

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Answer, Apples, correctly, iPad, iPhone, pluralize

How to view HTML code of a page on iPhone or iPad

09/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

If you are somehow related to web development (for study, work, or just for personal interest), sooner or later you will need to look at the source code of the site on your Apple smartphone or tablet. But how to do that?

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

How to view the source code of a web page on an iPhone or iPad

To get started, we need an appropriate application. There are many such programs in the App Store, and most of them offer handy tools like syntax highlighting.

A good option for working with HTML is the HTML Viewer Q application. The program is distributed free of charge and offers all the necessary functionality. You can download the application from the App Store.

After the program is downloaded and installed on your iPhone or iPad, do the following:

1. Open the HTML Viewer Q application on your device.

2. Click the button Link in the upper right corner.

3. Enter the full URL of the page for which you want to view the code and click Go…

How to view the source code of a web page (HTML) on iPhone or iPad

4. After the page is loaded, click on the button The code in the upper left corner of the screen.

Done – the HTML code of the specified page has just opened in front of you.

How to view the source code of a web page (HTML) on iPhone or iPad

A few words about the useful features of the program:

  • If the text of the code seems too small for you, HTML Viewer Q has the option to increase it to a comfortable size. The available options are 9, 12, 16, etc.
  • Built-in search allows you to find information. All you need to do is enter a keyword or syntax in the search bar.
  • HTML Viewer Q also allows you to copy HTML from a page for pasting into any other program.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: code, HTML, iPad, iPhone, page, view

The Frostrune game for iPhone, iPad and Mac – a fascinating quest based on Scandinavian mythology

09/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The frostrune Is a point-and-click game based on Viking myths and legends. This gorgeous project from Norwegian developer Grimnir and Snow Cannon Games will be great fun for all adventure fans.

Download The Frostrune for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download The Frostrune for Mac (Mac App Store)

Action The frostrune takes place in 965 on a small island off the coast of Norway. You will play as a young girl named Liv, who was shipwrecked off the island during a summer storm. Nearby you see a village, abandoned in panic by the inhabitants. The settlement is surrounded by a dense dark forest filled with stones and mounds inscribed with runes. Among them are hidden ancient relics and secrets that will help you understand the mysteries of the island.

The Frostrune game for iPhone, iPad and Mac - a fascinating quest based on Scandinavian mythology

At first glance, the game resembles any other adventure quest: a village, items to find – nothing out of the ordinary. However, everything changes when the ghost that appears asks you for help. Suddenly it turns out that Liv can see ghosts and things invisible to the ordinary eye. V The frostrune ghosts are part of the puzzle. Some will ask for help, some will guide you on your journey. Along the way, you will come across runes, poems and riddles that tell about Scandinavian culture and mythology.

♥ ON TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablyk.com.

Visually, the project differs from most adventure games, which are mostly static. Hand-drawn animations and special effects create a uniquely lifelike ambience and an immersive experience. Leaves rustle in the wind, clouds float across the sky, and even flies hovering over a corpse are more interesting than disgusting.

The Frostrune game for iPhone, iPad and Mac - a fascinating quest based on Scandinavian mythology

As in any other quest, in The frostrune there are puzzles. They are not too difficult and organically woven into the narrative. The world of the game is not very large and it is quite easy to explore it. The game does not have an in-game camera or magazine, where you can enter all important hints (not everyone can remember the poems or images they meet along the way), but if you play on a mobile device, you can always take screenshots and use them when solving riddles.

The frostrune – a simple game and it won’t take long to complete. It took Grimnir 4 years to develop his debut project, and this time was well spent. Detailed animation, Old Norse voice acting and sound design take players to the Viking world, where Scandinavian legends and traditions come to life.

The Frostrune game for iPhone, iPad and Mac - a fascinating quest based on Scandinavian mythology

The game The frostrune available for download in the App Store at a price of 449 rubles. The app is compatible with iPhone, iPad and iPod touch running iOS 9 or higher. The macOS version will cost 899 rubles. You can install the game on devices running OS X 10.6.6 and later.

Download The Frostrune for iPhone and iPad (App Store)
Download The Frostrune for Mac (Mac App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: based, fascinating, Frostrune, game, iPad, iPhone, Mac, mythology, quest, Scandinavian

How to enable filters in iPhone Camera

08/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

With filters, iPhones’ cameras can quickly improve the look of a photo, and Apple’s latest smartphones – the iPhone 12, iPhone 12 Pro, and iPhone 12 Pro Max – are arguably the best cameras in a smartphone right now.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to enable and use the ultra wide-angle camera on iPhone.

The Cupertino tech giant’s powerful video recording capabilities and advanced features like Deep Fusion’s software-based photography enhancement are hard to beat. Nevertheless, no matter what kind of photos we create, sometimes we want to use additional filters, and in real time.

If you are one of those users who have upgraded to new iPhones, such as the iPhone 8, you may notice that the Filters option in the Camera app is now missing in its original location. Previously, they were located in the upper right corner of the camera application, but Apple has changed the interface to include more features such as Night Mode, QuickTake video and others. Don’t worry, Apple hasn’t given up on filters like it did with 3D Touch. Instead, the company simply moved them to a different location in the Camera app.

In this article, we’ll explain exactly where you can find the Filters section in the Camera app on the latest iPhones, and how to use them when needed.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on an iPhone: 2 ways.

How to open camera filters on iPhone

All iPhones with Face ID have the same redesigned Camera app, so no matter which model you have, the following steps remain the same.

1. Open the Camera app, slide the screen up, or tap the chevron up arrow icon at the top of the screen. This action will bring up additional options at the bottom, just above the shutter icon.

2. You will see a number of different camera functions, including a filter icon at the far right, next to the timer mode option. Just click on the three circles icon to continue.

IPhone Camera Standard Filters: How to Open and Use

If there is no icon with three circles (for example, an additional icon will appear in Night mode), slide the toolbar from right to left.

IPhone Camera Standard Filters: How to Open and Use

3. You will now have access to the same set of filters as on older iPhones. Just pick the one you want and take the picture you want.

IPhone Camera Standard Filters: How to Open and Use

In fact, that’s all there is to it. The filters you have always known and loved are in this place. It just now takes a few extra steps to access them.

Adding filters to your photos is a quick and easy way to improve them, but there are several other tricks you can use to upgrade your iPhone photography skills.

Changing access to filters can be confusing or even a little annoying, especially if you’ve used any of your older iPhones or iPads before. However, this is not the only feature that has been moved to a different section in the Camera app. Lots of features such as Live Photo, Timer mode, aspect ratio switching, and more. have also been moved. They’re all now hidden behind that little arrow icon on the Camera app screen.

Depending on the features you regularly use in the iPhone camera app, the redesigned interface may be pleasant or annoying. But it should be noted that Apple has done a pretty good job of introducing many new camera “tricks” into the application without cluttering the user interface. It now has more options than ever. At the same time, the “Camera” application seems simple and straightforward.

Given the fact that Apple still makes changes to the interface of its Camera app quite regularly, it won’t surprise anyone if something new appears in the future and some settings move to another place or even return to the previous one. Perhaps, the wishes of a particular user for the application interface will be taken into account through its customization.

Let us know in the comments if you think this interface change is warranted and what is your favorite filter.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: camera, enable, filters, iPhone

Timer on iPhone: how to turn it on

08/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Do you want to take a great picture with your friends – so that all the people you need, including yourself, are in the frame? It couldn’t be easier – just activate the countdown with a timer. How to do this on iPhone, we will tell you below.


Although the function Timer has been registered in the Camera system iOS application for a long time, many users are not even aware of its existence or do not know what its benefits are. We are in a hurry to correct the annoying flaw – after all, it’s worth it, the quality of your pictures will certainly improve!

♥ ON TOPIC: Levitagram, or how to create a photo with the effect of levitation (flight) on the iPhone.

Using the Camera timer to take selfies and group shots

1. Place your iPhone / iPad on a flat surface, stand or tripod.

2. Run the application Camera and if necessary, switch to the front camera (the timer in the iPhone also works with selfies).

3. Swipe up from the bottom of the screen (pull up) or tap the arrow at the top of the display.

How to turn on the timer in the iPhone or iPad camera

4. In the menu that appears, click on the stopwatch icon.

5. Select one of two options – 3 seconds or 10 seconds. The first option is suitable for the fastest possible shooting (you do not need to run far from the camera), the second – for those shots when you need to run to a group of friends and have time to take the desired pose / facial expression.

How to turn on the timer in the iPhone or iPad camera

The selected timer time appears at the top of the screen.

6. Press the shutter button – a white round on the screen or any physical volume button on the verge.

7. A countdown will begin in the lower right corner. It’s time to run to your friends!

How to turn on the timer in the iPhone or iPad camera

Done – your selfie or a shared photo with friends or loved ones is already saved in the iPhone / iPad memory.

Photos taken in this way are of higher quality, they are clearer, more varied and just funnier. If necessary, edit the resulting result (the Edit button in the upper right corner in the Photos application) and send it to everyone who is dear to you.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, Timer, Turn

How to Send Photos and Videos from iPhone to Mac and Vice Versa: All Methods

08/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

All iPhone users know that the file system of this device cannot be directly accessed, as it is with Android or Windows. As a result, it will not be possible to manage all files inside the device, except for those that are allowed to access. This makes it harder to share files with other iOS users. However, you can easily and even in multiple ways transfer files between iPhone and Mac and receive files from iOS (iPadOS) to Mac.

The content of the article

♥ ON TOPIC: How to open the hidden currency converter, physical values ​​and calculator on iPhone and iPad.

How to transfer files (documents, videos) from Mac to iPhone (iPad) via cable and vice versa

Until 2019, Apple offered to use the iTunes app as a standard file sharing and management tool for iOS devices on Mac and Windows. To transfer data, the application on the iPhone or iPad must support direct file sharing. Thus, using a USB to Lightning cable, you can transfer files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac with ease. In most cases, this is very useful when transferring large files, such as videos, directly to the player application (details).

However, this method will not be able to access all the directories visible in the Files application. On a Mac, you can only retrieve files from iPhone (iPad) applications that support USB data transfer. With the release of macOS Catalina, Apple stopped using it with iTunes. The functionality of the application, which is responsible for working with the iPhone (iPad), has been moved to the Finder file manager.

Here’s how to transfer files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac via cable.

1. Connect iPhone (iPad) to Mac via USB cable.

2. If you are using older versions of macOS (before macOS 10.15 Catalina), the connected device should be identified in the iTunes application on the Mac.

3. If you are using macOS Catalina or later, open the Finder… Find the connected device on the Side Panel and click on it.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

In case the device is not displayed, go to Settings Finder and check the box next to CDs, DVDs, and iOS devices…

Finder Preferences

5. You can work with Music, Video, Movies, Audiobooks, Books, Files, etc. directly from that window.

6. Go to the tab “Files», Where you can find a list of supported applications.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

7. If you want to transfer any file from your Mac to the Files app on your iPhone or iPad, you can copy it directly to the file system of any of the available apps.

8. The copied files can be found in the appropriate directory in the Files app on the iPhone (iPad).

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

9. In order to transfer files from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via USB cable, first copy the files to any folder of the application that supports data transfer via cable. And then just select the files you want and drag them to a folder on your Mac.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

♥ ON TOPIC: How to reduce size (compress) video without losing quality on Windows, Mac and Linux computer.

How to copy (transfer) photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via cable

You can use this easy method to transfer a large number of iPhone (iPad) photos and videos stored in the Photos app to your Mac.

1. Connect iPhone (iPad) to Mac using USB cable.

2. On Mac, open the stock application Capturing imageswhich is located in the folder Programs…

How to copy (transfer) photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via cable

3. Select the connected device in the upper left corner of the program, specify the folder on the Mac where the data will be copied, select the photos and videos to import and click Download… In case you need to copy all photos and videos to Mac, click Load all…

If you need to delete photos and videos copied to Mac from iPhone (iPad), check the box next to Delete after import…

How to copy (transfer) photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac via cable

♥ ON TOPIC: Which smartphone has the best camera in 2021 – Top 10.

How to copy (transfer) any files (including photos and videos) from iPhone (iPad) to Mac and vice versa using AirDrop (“over the air”)

AirDrop is Apple’s proprietary file sharing mechanism. AirDrop allows Apple devices to connect to each other and share files using both Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connections at the same time. This does not require the installation of additional applications. In fact, AirDrop is a built-in feature for sharing data across Apple devices, including iPhone, iPad, Mac.

Using AirDrop, you can easily get files from iOS to your Mac (and vice versa) over the air without an Internet connection.

How to AirDrop Files from iPhone or iPad to Mac

1. On a Mac, open the Finder app.

2. Go to the AirDrop section in the sidebar.

3. Set the parameter “Allow my discovery to everyone” instead of “For contacts only” at the bottom of the AirDrop window.

How to Transfer Photos and Videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac

4. Open the app “Photo” or “Files” on iPhone or iPad.

5. Select the files, photos, videos you want to transfer and click the icon Share this…

6. Click on the AirDrop icon in the menu that opens Share this…

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) via AirDrop from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

7. Find the Mac to which you want to transfer files in the list of available devices and click on it.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

8. Click “To accept” at the Mac prompt that appears.

How to Transfer Photos and Videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac

These steps will allow you to quickly get all the files you need from iOS to Mac via a wireless connection without any hassle with setup.

How to AirDrop Files from Mac to iPhone or iPad

1. Run “Control point” on iPhone or iPad.

2. Press and hold your finger on the wireless control box, turn on AirDrop and select “For all”…

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) via AirDrop from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

3. On a Mac, right-click the file you want to send to iPhone (iPad).

4. Select Share this → AirDrop…

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

5. Select the desired iPhone (iPad) from the list, and then the file transfer will start.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

6. On iPhone (iPad), tap To accept and select the app where you want to save the file to your device (when you send photos or videos from your Mac, they are automatically saved to the Photos app on your iPhone or iPad).

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) via AirDrop from iPhone or iPad to Mac and vice versa

AirDrop is the best choice for transferring files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac, as there are no restrictions on file type or size, and everything can be done in literally a few taps.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to change the ringtone (ringtone) on iPhone.

Third-party apps to transfer files between iPhone (iPad) and Mac

Getting files from iPhone or iPad to Mac using built-in functions is a breeze. However, sometimes file sharing can be limited due to the lack of some functions.

There are many third-party applications that can make the task of transferring photos and videos from iPhone (iPad) to Mac easier.

Some popular programs for transferring video and other data from iPhone (iPad) to Mac.

dr.fone – Phone Manager… This awesome tool can help you get iOS files on Mac in a few clicks. You can use the app to transfer videos, photos or files from iPhone to Mac and vice versa. Dr.fone requires an iPhone to be connected to a Mac using a Lightning data cable.

Waltr is one of the iTunes substitutes available for Mac or Windows computer. The application can magically convert all movable media, including photos and videos, and easily transfer them from Mac to iPhone (iPad). Unlike iTunes Sharing, Waltr does not share videos with specific supported apps like VLC for example. Instead, you can save them to your iPhone (iPad) Camera Roll if needed.

Xender… This application, which implements the exchange of files via Wi-Fi, is popular also on the Android platform, due to the ease of exchange and the ability to transfer multimedia between smartphones. But there is a version of Xender for iPhone, which makes it possible to send and receive files from other iOS, Android, Mac or Windows devices using a proprietary application.

There are many tools on the market to transfer files between iPhone and Mac. Most of them are free, and in some you have to pay for additional features.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to connect a regular USB flash drive to an iPhone or iPad.

How to transfer files (photos, videos, documents) from iPhone or iPad to Mac (and vice versa) over the Internet

If the iPhone, iPad and Mac to which you want to transfer files are far away, and you cannot connect to them either via cable or via AirDrop, then the Internet is the only option. To transfer files from Mac to iPhone (iPad), or vice versa, you will have to use certain Internet services, including the cloud. Here are some of the best for transferring files between iPhone, iPad and Mac over the Internet.

Transferring files from iPhone (iPad) to Mac and vice versa doesn’t seem so difficult anymore. You can use these methods to get iOS files on Mac, it shouldn’t be difficult.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, Mac, methods, photos, send, versa, Vice, videos

DISCOUNT (579p → 99p) DISTRAINT 2 game review for iPhone and iPad: high-quality psychological 2D horror

08/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The protagonist of this game will repeatedly ask: “What am I doing here?” Believe me, the same question will arise for you. But an unusual and frankly incomprehensible game will gradually open up, give answers to many questions and allow you to spend time with it with some benefit.

Download DISTRAINT 2 for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Our hero, Casey Price, already in the first part of DISTRAINT showed himself to be a doubting person who, due to his job duty, is constantly in a moral internal conflict. Casey has to be torn between decency and the thirst for material enrichment. On his way, there are ordinary people whom he has to trample. As a result, Casey plunges headlong into doubts, fears and despair. It is in this state that we find him in the prologue to the second part of the game. Casey has the gun to his head and is ready to pull the trigger. This is where the game action begins.

DISTRAINT 2 for iPhone and iPad review: high-quality psychological 2D horror

Our hero unexpectedly found himself in an interesting world, in which all actions will take place. Casey wanders the corridors in 2D. The controls are very simple – four cursor buttons are shown on the left side of the screen, but only two of them are responsible for moving to the right or left. The other two are needed to interact with objects. On the right side of the screen, there are three more buttons that are responsible for the character’s actions – talking, running, and others, depending on the scene. Setting aside the entourage, the game is a flat platformer with transitions between levels through doors and a few puzzles. They are simple and do not distract from the plot, forcing to periodically switch from feelings to logic.

Casey slowly wanders the corridors, hiding from hostile entities, looking for objects and using them. There are not even walls in this world – the hero goes into a gray trembling fog. The creator of the game hints to us that consciousness has no boundaries – there are only barriers set up by us.

DISTRAINT 2 for iPhone and iPad review: high-quality psychological 2D horror

But it is precisely the entourage that is that important component of the game, which makes it special. Casey has a long and difficult way to go, but not to a material prize, but to his Hope. After all, it was her that he lost, performing the work of confiscating property from ordinary people. The road to the goal will be difficult for our character. Too many doubts have accumulated in him. And his friends, enemies and obstacles are the abstract concepts of Greed, Fear, Reason, Consolation. Their humanization and dialogues with them allow you to establish communication with your own soul. Casey will have to plunge into memories, talk to her parents. It is important not only what he is doing here, but also how did he become so? The journey within herself will be a serious test for Casey. This is what the game is about.

Surprisingly, the DISTRAINT series was created by only one person – Finn Jasse Makkonen. He also has other 2D horror experience, Silence of the Sleep. The love of this genre has allowed a solo developer to create true original masterpieces with a deep storyline.

DISTRAINT 2 for iPhone and iPad review: high-quality psychological 2D horror

The story turns out to be difficult not only for our character, but also for the player. And this is not about the ability to quickly press on-screen buttons at the right time. Casey’s doubts and worries will certainly resonate in our souls. The proposed metaphors are obvious and universal, and they make you think. There is also room for drama in a psychological thriller. We will be told what it can cost to suppress feelings and complex emotions and how psychological trauma from childhood can affect later adulthood.

The game turned out to be more serious and deep than its first part. Nevertheless, there was a place in it for secrets and even humor. The graphic component has not changed. Music does not come to the fore, but complements the overall spirit of the game. And the original pixel art forms the atmosphere of the “horror” genre. It is no coincidence that the whole game of the hero is pursued by a monster that personifies precisely Fear. But dullness and despondency are successfully combined with bright and juicy locations.

DISTRAINT 2 for iPhone and iPad review: high-quality psychological 2D horror

DISTRAINT 2 is an interesting project, but it also has its drawbacks. The puzzles are too simple, which can make players who do not want to delve deeply into themselves get bored. And the frightening atmosphere is not formed by monsters or mysterious objects, but by choking thoughts and self-digging. But DISTRAINT 2 has much more advantages – with the help of minimalistic design, the author was able to create an atmospheric space, show the deep feelings of the protagonist and make us think about our own actions.

Download DISTRAINT 2 for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 579p, 99p, DISCOUNT, DISTRAINT, game, highquality, Horror, iPad, iPhone, psychological, review

DISCOUNT (649p → 179p) Review of The School: White Day for iPhone and iPad – legendary horror

07/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The original version of the horror film White Day: A Labyrinth Named Schoolreleased for PC back in 2001, gained immense popularity in South Korea and other countries of the world, and many fans still remember this game with warmth. Considering that White Day still has a lot to offer players, the Korean studio Roi Games has prepared a remake of the game for iPhone and iPad – The School: White Day…

Download The School: White Day for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

The mechanics of White Day may seem unusual to some, but overall the gameplay is perceived well, especially considering that large companies are no longer interested in the horror genre, practically leaving it at the mercy of indie studios. White Day offers players three-dimensional graphics, an immersive storyline, and an atmosphere of hair-raising horror.

The School: White Day

We play as a student named Li Hui-ming, who sneaks into school to leave a gift in honor of White Day, a holiday celebrated in many Asian countries a month after Valentine’s Day. On this day, young men give gifts to the girls they like, mostly made of chocolate.

However, an innocent undertaking turns for Li Hui-ming into a dangerous journey through a haunted school, where, among other things, a maniac watchman works, hunting anyone who meets him at night in the building. Our hero does not have combat skills, so the only thing left for him is to hide and run away.

The School: White Day

♥ ON TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the version of Yablyk: 100 most-most.

In addition to the main character, the school also has four girls with whom you can conduct a dialogue, choosing certain phrases. The plot of the game is non-linear and all actions will in one way or another affect its outcome. There are 7 possible endings in White Day.

The School: White Day

As the game progresses, you will have to solve many puzzles. Although they are made in an interesting and thoughtful way, due to poor lighting and almost indistinguishable textures, it is sometimes quite difficult to find this or that object, so you have to explore the same location several times.

The School: White Day

In many horror movies, the main emphasis is on the visual component, in White Day the atmosphere of horror is achieved through sound. The game perfectly manipulates sounds, evoking a constant feeling of fear, even when the hero is hiding in cover.

The School: White Day

One of the notable features of the game is the difficulty selection. Unlike other games, where difficulty affects the amount of hero’s health and damage inflicted by enemies, here, the higher the difficulty level, the more often you will meet with enemies. In addition, at medium difficulty, you will not be able to see the hints. Saves in the game are also limited, and the difficulty level affects how often progress can be saved.

The School: White Day

Curiously, the puzzles in White Day are randomly generated, so even after repeated playthroughs, the game does not feel jaded.

Despite the venerable age, The School: White Day still can give a lot of pleasure, primarily due to the masterfully preserved intrigue and atmosphere of fear, created by high-quality musical accompaniment.

The School: White Day

The cost of the application in the App Store is 649 rubles. Download requires an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 8.0 or higher. The game has been translated into Russian.

Download The School: White Day for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: 179p, 649p, day, DISCOUNT, Horror, iPad, iPhone, legendary, review, school, white

How to Disable Do Not Disturb Mode for Selective Contact on iPhone

06/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

IOS device owners are well aware of the Do Not Disturb mode, which allows you to avoid calls and messages at inappropriate times (for example, at night). The function, which is present in iOS starting from the sixth version (and starting from iOS 15, enters the Focus mode), automatically sends the gadget to “quiet” mode and takes it out of it at the time specified by the user.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

However, in this case, there is a risk of missing an important call or message. Therefore, starting with iOS 10, Cupertinos have implemented the ability to disable the “Do not disturb»For a specific contact, without the need to add the subscriber to Favorites…

Now for each subscriber in the contact list there is a special switch Emergency admission… If you activate it, the smartphone will notify about a call or a message from this person as usual, even when the mode is on. “Do not disturb”…

Emergency Clearance allows you to receive audible and vibration notifications from that person even when Do Not Disturb is turned on.

♥ ON TOPIC: What happens to calls and SMS when you’re in Do Not Disturb mode on your iPhone or iPad.

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for calls from a specific contact on an iPhone

1. Open the app Telephone or Contacts…

2. Select the required entry (i.e. the contact of the person who should have access to you even when the Do not disturb).

3. Click Edit in the upper right corner of the screen.

4. Tap on the section Ringtone…

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for calls from a specific contact on an iPhone

5. Activate the option Emergency admission…

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for calls from a specific contact on an iPhone

6. Click Ready…

For SMS and iMessages, this setting must be activated separately.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for SMS and iMessage from a specific iPhone contact

1. Open the standard iOS app Contacts or Telephone…

2. Select the required entry.

3. Click Edit in the upper right corner of the screen.

4. Tap on the section Message sound

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for calls from a specific contact on an iPhone

5. Set the switch opposite the inscription Emergency admission into position Included…

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for calls from a specific contact on an iPhone

6. Press Ready…

Now an entry has appeared in the tab of the contact being edited that a special mode is enabled for it Emergency admission…

How to disable Do Not Disturb mode for calls from a specific contact on an iPhone

Ready! Now you no longer need to add contacts to Favorites or create a special group for them so as not to miss a single call or text message due to the mode Do not disturb – Emergency admission will make the same job easier and more convenient.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: contact, disable, Disturb, iPhone, mode, selective

IPhone camera repair: what happens if you install a non-original camera

06/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Every Apple smartphone undergoes rigorous testing. Nevertheless, the manufacturer guarantees high quality standards. This is what allows the iPhone to work quickly and smoothly. The smartphone camera is an important part of the system. This module provides sensitive autofocus, shoots portraits with bokeh and depth control, and helps to apply portrait lighting effects.

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

But what if the camera suddenly stops functioning properly? Is it possible to exchange it for an inexpensive non-original analogue in a good workshop? Will such a solution provide the required module quality?

Apple strongly recommends that you outsource this work to certified professionals. These craftsmen have been trained to work with Apple products, and they will definitely use original components. Such services are provided both by the manufacturer himself and by authorized service centers or independent centers working with original modules. Already in the case of warranty service, there is definitely no point in refusing the official service.

Genuine spare parts are precisely sized to fit the housing. An inexperienced technician may fail to tighten the screws or covers, resulting in damage to the battery, overheating of the device, or even injury to the owner. The very same iPhone camera is designed taking into account the operating system of the smartphone. A non-original module may simply be incompatible software or work incorrectly, losing performance. Such a problem can manifest itself, for example, after updating iOS and the appearance of new drivers for the camera in the system. When using a non-original module, the following problems may occur:

  • the camera will not focus well or the picture will be blurry;
  • in Portrait mode, subject may be out of focus or only partially in focus;
  • a third-party application working with the camera may freeze or even quit unexpectedly;
  • in third party applications, live preview will be blank or freeze.

♥ ON TOPIC: What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in an iPhone camera, whether to enable it, and how it affects photo quality.

How to check the original camera installation after repairing iPhone 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro / 12 Pro Max, 13, 13 mini, 13 Pro / 13 Pro Max

Follow the path Settings → Basic → About this device… Parts replacement history will be available on iPhone 12, iPhone 12 Pro, iPhone 12 Pro Max, iPhone 12 mini, iPhone 13, iPhone 13 Pro, iPhone 13 Pro Max, and iPhone 13 mini with iOS 15.2 or later installed. Here you can also find out if the camera has been replaced on a smartphone.

If original spare parts were installed during the repair, next to the camera in the section Parts and Service History will be indicated Original spare part or Apple part authenticity…

How to check original camera installation after iPhone repair

If a non-original module is present, the entry “Unknown detail“.

This may mean that:

  • a non-original camera was installed in the device;
  • this camera was previously used or installed on another iPhone;
  • the camera is not working properly.

How to check original camera installation after iPhone repair

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: camera, install, iPhone, nonoriginal, repair

Review of Vandals for iPhone and iPad: Quality Adventure Puzzle of Graffiti Writers

06/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Meet Vandals – a new creation from the developers, designers and artists of the French independent studio Cosmografik. I must say, the team did their best to create a colorful product with a fascinating interactive storyline that unfolds during the game.

Download Vandals for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Vandals is an isometric puzzle game that immerses the player in the history of street art, from its humble beginnings in Paris, its revolutionary popularity in post-war Berlin, to its heyday in metropolitan areas like New York.

Review of the game Vandals for iPhone and iPad

In Vandals, you control a graffiti artist as he creates his art on a variety of surfaces, including walls of buildings, trains and other public facilities. You will have to work very quickly to avoid falling into the hands of the police. In addition, all your dexterity is required to dodge the dogs and not be caught in the security camera lens.

Review of the game Vandals for iPhone and iPad

The game allows you to create your own graffiti using different colors and techniques and even show them to the general public by posting on social networks. You can come up with your own signatures and then print them on the surfaces you want. This feature will certainly appeal to those who do not like to draw a lot or are afraid to ruin the drawing.

♥ ON TOPIC: The best games for iPhone and iPad according to the version of Yablyk: 100 most-most.

Review of the game Vandals for iPhone and iPad

As the game progresses, you will travel to various cities (including Berlin, San Francisco, Tokyo, Sao Paulo and New York) and solve puzzles. Each level contains a secret postcard with a vintage image, which records a particular fact from the history of street art. If you are interested in the origins of graffiti, its pioneers and key moments in development, Vandals is a real godsend for you.

Review of the game Vandals for iPhone and iPad

You can control the character by moving him along predetermined paths. You will have to distract the guards with a whistle or a thrown bottle. You can shorten the path by cutting through metal barriers or using hatches. With the exception of a few more options, these are, perhaps, all the possibilities for movement.

Remember that graffiti becomes more difficult with each level due to additional obstacles! If you are discovered by a policeman, the chase will surely begin, and if you are caught, the game is over.

Review of the game Vandals for iPhone and iPad

At Vandals, the artists and designers from Cosmografik put their talent to the test, creating an adventure that can literally be felt by touch. The palette of neon colors pleases the eye, and the stylish electronic soundtrack immerses you in the atmosphere of street art in the best possible way.

Download Vandals for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: adventure, graffiti, iPad, iPhone, puzzle, quality, review, Vandals, Writers

Long exposure on an iPhone, or how to take a photo with a trail effect

05/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

The best camera is the one you have with you. Most often it is a smartphone, and if you are reading these lines, your smartphone is an iPhone. The “Apple” gadget takes amateur photography to a new level … if, of course, you know how to use all its photographic capabilities.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

A prime example in this regard is taking pictures with high exposure. If iPhone owners see one such picture somewhere on the web, they immediately rush to look for the corresponding application in the App Store. But this is not at all necessary – after all, the corresponding option is in the Camera system application.

Thanks to the slow shutter speed, you can capture hitchhiking lights describing the trajectory of traffic, emphasize the movement in the frame and create cool photos in low light conditions. “But this is the lot of SLR cameras!” – you say.

Modern smartphones are trying with all their might to drag and drop some of the functionality of expensive professional cameras. Slow shutter speeds associated with slow shutter speeds have always been considered one of their advantages. But now you can take photos in this way even on your usual smartphone, which is always at hand.

How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with an iPhone

Apple does not provide direct access to iPhone hardware in order to protect the device. So the camera shutter speed of this device cannot be changed directly. However, the iPhone can still capture images with a “trail effect”. There are several ways to implement this scenario: using built-in iOS functions or third-party applications that provide long exposure. We will detail all of these options.

♥ ON TOPIC: IPhone Retouching: The Best iOS Photo Retouching Apps.

What does it take to take a great long exposure photo on iPhone?

Ideally, you need a tripod, stand, or just a flat place on which you can place your smartphone, because the absence of shaking is a key prerequisite for creating high-quality long exposure photography.

It is not necessary to purchase a full-length one and a half meter tripod. Sometimes a small tripod, worth a couple of bucks, is enough, which you can buy from our Chinese comrades.

Camera

The simplest (but not the best) option for shooting with the “Long exposure” effect can be using the standard function of the iPhone camera (requires iOS 11 and newer) – Live Photos, which also has the option of the same name.

An alternative (and better) option is to use a special application that allows you to take pictures at a long exposure. There is plenty of such goodness in the App Store, but still, we stopped our choice on programs Slow Shutter Cam and Specter Camera…

So let’s talk about everything in order.

♥ ON TOPIC: Photoshop online with effects in Russian: 3 best free alternatives to Adobe Photoshop for editing photos on the Internet.

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

Apple’s Live Photos are a great feature that captures three full seconds of movement the moment you press the shutter button. We have already described how to take Live Photos on iPhone. But with the release of iOS 11, Apple has improved this capability. Few people know about the possibility of converting live photos into a long exposure shot. This can be done simply with the help of swipes and taps on the screen. Even a beginner amateur photographer who is not familiar with the details of the terms “shutter speed” and “shutter speed” can still take an impressive picture.

To create a long exposure photo, make sure there is at least one moving element in the frame at the right time. It can be a passing car, a train arriving at a station, or falling water. The background should be clean and static. So, a Live photo in which there are too many people running can turn into a blurry mess.

1. Run the standard application Camera on iPhone.

2. Make sure Live Photos is active in the settings.

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

3. Select a subject to capture. A good option is cars, lights, a working fountain, a waterfall. In general, anything that moves will do.

4. Take a photo of the moving subject. At this step, all that remains is to hold the smartphone steadily in your hand (or using a tripod) and press the shutter button. iPhone needs to be held still for two seconds. Live photos include one and a half seconds before pressing the shutter button and one and a half seconds after that.

5. After the frame is captured, open it in the standard application Photo (tab Albums → section Photo Live Photos).

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone

Next, if you have an iPhone running iOS 15 or later, click on the LIVE button in the upper left corner. In the list that appears, select Long exposure…

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone

If you have an iPhone with iOS 14 or older, slide the screen up to open the effects Live Photos… The last on the list will be Long exposure…

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

The system will put together all the frames of your live photo, and the output will be a great photo with the desired level of blur. It can then be edited as usual using the built-in Photo tools or third-party photo editors for iOS.

Here’s another example of “was” and “is”:

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

And the picture itself can be easily found along the way. Photo → Albums tab → Media types → Long exposure…

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using Live Photos

The photo can be easily found in the Camera Roll by the icon Long exposure (in the upper left corner).

If you need to return the picture to the previous Live Photo view, it is possible to do so.

1. Open in the app Photo the resulting picture with a long exposure.

2. Swipe up from the bottom to go to the effects.

3. Select an effect Animation (first on the list).

This will allow you to get the original Live Photo…

Of course, this is not a “real” long exposure, but a software simulation. But the visual effect is still very impressive. Here are some examples:

♥ ON TOPIC: How to create a duplicate in a photo (clone objects) on iPhone.

How to Take Long Exposure Trail Effect Photo on iPhone with Slow Shutter Cam App

This program strikes the perfect balance between ease of use and functionality. It offers three main modes, one of which is specially designed for light trail shots. It is convenient that the application is not overloaded with unnecessary complex functions, learning how to work will take much less time than with a professional camera.

What is important to us is the ability of Slow Shutter Cam to adjust the shutter speed depending on what is being filmed. The app lets you use your smartphone’s volume button as a shutter and set a self-timer to minimize camera shake.

Consider using the application on one of the three profiles – Light Tail, which is designed to create a light trail in low light conditions (you will find a description of other application modes below in this article).

one. Download Slow Shutter Cam App from App Store (link)…

2. Run the program and click on the gear icon.

Long Exposure Slow Shutter Cam on iPhone

3. Select a profile Light trail and move the slider Shutter speed (holding time in seconds) to the value Bulb, thereby you set the manual mode of the application and you will be able to decide for yourself at what moment to take a picture.

Long Exposure Slow Shutter Cam on iPhone

4. Press the shutter button to take a photo.

Long Exposure Slow Shutter Cam on iPhone

5. Watch what is happening on the iPhone display. The boundaries of moving objects will begin to blur in real time. For example, the surface of the waterfall will become smooth, the flame of the fire will lose its sharpness, etc. When you are satisfied with the effect, press the shutter button again.

Long Exposure Slow Shutter Cam on iPhone

6. Press the button to save the snapshot. Save…

Long Exposure Slow Shutter Cam on iPhone

Be sure to try again shooting your composition from a different angle, as well as with changed program settings.

Slow Shutter Cam App Profiles Description

Almost all applications of this kind have three main profiles for shooting light trails, moving objects (Light Tail, Motion Blur and Low Light).

Slow Shutter Cam App Profiles Description

Below you will find some tips for getting a good long exposure photo, as there are some nuances here.

♥ ON TOPIC: Color Accent: How to change individual colors in a photo to black and white on iPhone and iPad.

Light Tail mode produces a dramatic light trail

A high-quality light trail can be found on a busy autobahn, in an amusement park, in the starry sky, or during the launch of fireworks.

Camera

The most “convenient” time of day for a beginner photographer will be early twilight. The thing is that at this time the vehicles are already driving with the headlights on, and the street lighting, which could distract from the main plot, is not yet on. In the deep night, and lanterns, and signs, and other burning static objects will give overexposure, and there will be more noise.

Camera

More or less average values ​​for shooting will be the following settings: light sensitivity 1/4 and shutter speed 15 seconds. But here you must definitely work with exposure and contrast in order to get the best effect.

♥ ON TOPIC: What is the “golden hour” when taking a photo, or what time of day is it better to take pictures on the street.

Motion Blur mode is for capturing moving subjects at slow shutter speeds under normal lighting conditions

Camera

The subject for the next mode can be water (fountains, waterfalls, surf), a moving cyclist, a busy intersection, a passing train, and so on. Additional options in iPhone applications usually include blur intensity and various effects.

♥ ON TOPIC: Replace faces with photos and videos for iPhone (effects and masks) – 20 best apps.

Low Light mode – for shooting in low light conditions with long exposure

Taking a long exposure photo at dusk, even on a DSLR camera, is a rather difficult task, not to mention the iPhone, because the light sensitivity of the matrix is ​​important in this matter, that is, the maximum amount of light that the device can capture.

Camera

But there are two nuances here:

  • you can capture more light with a slower shutter speed (keep the aperture open longer), but there is a risk of getting a blurry image;
  • a gradual increase in light sensitivity leads to the appearance of noise.

This is why you need a tripod. Be sure to take into account the overall level of illumination, because a bright lantern or an advertising sign caught in the frame can ruin everything. There is a small rule – the more intense the light source, the faster the shutter speed should be.

Camera

♥ ON TOPIC: What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in an iPhone camera, whether to enable it, and how it affects photo quality.

How to take a long exposure photo with a trail effect on iPhone using the Specter Camera app

How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with the Specter Camera App on iPhone

The benefits of this alternative long exposure photo app are machine learning coupled with hardware acceleration. Artificial intelligence allows you to automatically detect scenes, set stabilization. The Specter Camera uses a neural network to replace the tripod, removing the shake. Any frame can be used as live wallpaper on a smartphone.

How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with the Specter Camera App on iPhone

The application can remove cars or people from photos. It helps you create beautiful shots with long streaks of light or blurry streams of water. Specter Camera also saves images in the new HEIC format.

How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with the Specter Camera App on iPhone

The application does not know how to open the shutter for a long time, but it quickly takes many frames. The exposure is optimized by artificial intelligence to make the shots bright enough. The shots are then combined into one using a slow shutter speed simulation. You can view the entire exposure in its original frame-by-frame form, or you can save it as a single processed frame or as a live photograph.

How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with the Specter Camera App on iPhone

Download Specter Camera for iPhone (App Store)

Finally

Whether you’re just getting started with iPhone photography or are already good enough to post to Apple’s Instagram with the hashtag #shotoniphone, there are a few options for long exposure photography worth exploring. To completely immobilize your smartphone while taking a photo, you need a good tripod. This allows the iPhone to capture beautifully blurred objects and avoid unwanted blur in the rest of the frame.

Taking long exposure photos is a great skill. But it is not worth dwelling on this. To learn how to take better photos with your iPhone, take one of the popular courses on the subject. Thus, you can avoid the classic mistakes when taking pictures using a smartphone.

Yes – ideally, you can play around with apps from the App Store and get more interesting results than in the case of the Camera. But for most users, the capabilities of the system application will be quite enough.

In this article, we briefly tried to give the basic skills of shooting on the iPhone at long exposure and talk about the conditions that will be needed for this. In general, professional photographers have been learning this for years, and to achieve the best effect, of course, you need a DSLR camera. It’s another matter if you just decided to pamper or experiment, in which case the iPhone will be enough.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: effect, Exposure, iPhone, long, photo, trail

Live Photos Effects and Crop on iPhone: How to Use

05/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Only with the arrival of iOS 11, the Live Photos function has migrated from the category of useless advertising marketing to the really necessary tool with which you can get high-quality vivid and impressive pictures.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to move multiple app icons on iPhone or iPad at once (video).

What are Live Photos?

For those who are not in the know, Live Photos adds a few seconds of video (with sound) to the photo before and after the moment of shooting. Such files weigh more, and until the release of iOS 11, you could only view such animated images and no more.

To activate Live Photos, open the camera and click the appropriate icon (see screenshot below). Depending on the iOS version, the Live Photos icon may be placed in a different location.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

After pressing the shutter button, Live should appear at the top of the screen.

How do I take pictures in Live Photos?

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

How to choose a cover photo for Live Photos

Live Photos lets you choose a title shot from your entire footage. This can mean that in most cases there is no need to take a series of photos, then choose the most successful one, and then delete unused photos.

Just take a live photo (make sure the photo is marked LIVE in the upper left corner) and press the button “Edit“. Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

At the bottom of the display, move the slider on the timeline to select the best frame (after releasing your finger, the message “Make a cover photo“, Click on it) and confirm your intention by pressing the button”Ready“.

How to choose a cover photo for Live Photos

♥ ON TOPIC: ProRAW in the iPhone camera: what it is, how to turn it on, use it + sample photos.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

To start editing Live Photos on devices with iOS 15 and later, open the live photo and click on the LIVE button in the upper left corner. Select the desired effect.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

To edit Live Photos on devices with iOS 14 and earlier, open the live photo and swipe it up, and the page will scroll to an additional menu.

How to Apply Effects to Live Photos

There are currently four effects available:

  • Animation – standard live photography without effects (a kind of reset to the original settings after applying the following effects);
  • A loop – allows you to loop the animation. Unlike the standard solution, when you need to hold your finger with the 3D Touch gesture on the picture to view a video, with the effect A loop the image will be constantly in motion;
  • Pendulum – playback of a clip in reverse order. For example, people jumping out of a pool look much more spectacular than those who jump there;
  • Long exposure – simulates long shutter speeds as on DSLR cameras. Moving objects will get a nice blur. Beautiful long exposure photographs are obtained when capturing rivers or car lights at night. At the same time, you do not need to buy an SLR camera, set it on a tripod and take a shutter speed for several tens of minutes.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to enable the one-handed keyboard on iPhone for typing on the go.

How to crop Live Photos

Open the application “Photo“And select”Live photo“You want to crop. Click the button “Edit”… Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

On the timeline that appears at the bottom of the screen, slide the left and right arrows. This action will change the start and end points of your Live Photos. When finished, press the button. “Ready”…

How to crop Live Photos

♥ ON TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

How to mute Live Photos

Switch to edit mode for the photo marked LIVE by pressing the button “Edit” in the upper right corner. Click the Live Photos icon in the toolbar to activate edit mode “Live photos”…

How to edit Live Photos

Click on the icon with the image of the loudspeaker (speaker) to mute the sound in Live Photo and confirm the action by pressing the button Ready…

How to mute Live Photos

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: crop, effects, iPhone, live, photos

How to Transfer Live Photo from iPhone to iPhone, Mac, Android or Windows

05/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Apple, of course, will never be recognized – but Live Photos are nothing more than ordinary mini-videos. But sending such a file to a friend is not easy. For example, if you do this by mail, then the recipient will receive only a photo (no video). What to do?

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on an iPhone: 2 ways.

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to iPhone or iPad

There are three correct ways to transfer Live Photos from iPhone to iPhone or iPad:

Method 1 – via iMessage message

1. Run the application Message and create a new message iMessage (Apple users only).

2. Click the camera icon in the lower left corner. In the opened camera interface, click the icon Add image in the upper left corner.

How to transfer Live Photos

3. Select Life Photos (the image is marked with the appropriate icon) and press the blue button send…

How to transfer Live Photos

Method 2 – via AirDrop transfer

1. Open Live Photos in the photo app (a checkmark will be placed in the upper left corner).

2. Click the icon Share.

3. In the menu that appears, tap the AirDrop…

How to transfer Live Photos via AirDrop

4. Select the user to whom you want to send the image.

How to transfer Live Photos via AirDrop

We talked in more detail about transferring files via AirDrop in this article.

Method 3 – by creating a Shared Album in iCloud

1. Open the app Photo, go to album Photo Live Photos in the tab Albums…

2. Press the button Select in the upper right corner and select the files that will be placed in Shared Album…

How to transfer Live Photos via Shared Album

3. Press the button Share this…

4. In the menu that appears, select To the general album…

How to transfer Live Photos via Shared Album

5. Follow the instructions on the screen to create Shared Album (in detail). Ultimately, you will have a new one on your iPhone. Shared Album…

How to transfer Live Photos via Shared Album

6. Open the created Shared Album and invite users to it. After that, the same album will appear on their iPhone or iPad in the application. Photo…

How to transfer Live Photos via Shared Album

In dispatch Live Photo there is nothing unusual through this methods – they can be shared just like any other media file. The main thing is to make sure that you are transferring a “live photo”. This will be indicated in the upper left corner by the corresponding icon with the inscription “LIVE”Or with the name of the applied effect.

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to iPhone or iPad

♥ ON TOPIC: What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in an iPhone camera, whether to enable it, and how it affects photo quality.

How to Transfer (and View) Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

It should be noted right away that viewing Live Photos on Mac is possible only in the iMessage and Photos applications.

Method 1 – via a message in iMessage (you can transfer to someone else’s or your Mac)

Send an iMessage to a Mac user from iPhone by attaching Live Photos as an attachment. The iMessage service must be configured on the Mac (instructions).

After receiving the message, open the sent photo in Live Photos format (there should be a corresponding icon in the upper left corner), click the button Share this and choose Add to Photo… The imported Live Photos will appear in the corresponding section of the application. Photo…

How to Transfer (and View) Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

How to Transfer (and View) Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

Method 2 – Import to Photos app via cable (to someone else’s or your Mac)

Connect iPhone to Mac using a cable. Open the Photos app and select the identified iPhone from the menu on the left in the section Devices… In the window that opens, the photos available for import from the Photos application on the iPhone will open on the right. Select Live Photo and click Import selected (quantity)… The imported Live Photos will appear in the corresponding section of the Photos app.

Method 3 – by creating a Shared album in iCloud (on someone else’s or your Mac)

On iPhone you need to create Shared Album with Live Photos (see instructions above) and provide access to it for the necessary users. Thereafter Shared Album appears in the Photos app on your Mac.

How to Create a Shared Photo (Video) Album in Website View with URL Links on Mac

Method 4 – iCloud Photos (only on your Mac)

Transfer Live Photo from your iPhone to your Mac you can enable the function Photo to iCloud on both devices.

On iPhone along the way: application Settings → Your name → iCloud → Photo.

On Mac along the way: application Photo → Settings → iCloud Tab…

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

If your iPhone contains more than 5 GB of photos and videos, then this method will require the purchase of additional space in iCloud.

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

Thus the whole Mediathek iPhone (along with Live Photos) will be available in the Photos app on Mac. Live Photos on Mac will appear in the section of the same name in the Photos application.

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

Method 5 – Photo Stream (only on your Mac)

Transfer Live Photo from your iPhone to your Mac you can enable the function Photo stream on both devices.

On the iPhone along the way: the app Settings → Your name → iCloud → Photo…

On a Mac along the way: the app Photo → Settings → iCloud Tab…

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

Live Photos (and other images and videos) appear on your Mac in their respective sections of the Photos app.

How to Transfer Live Photos from iPhone to Mac

The main disadvantage of this method is that only photos and videos (including Live Photos) taken within the last 30 days will be copied to the Mac. In other words, the Photo Stream section of the Photos app on Mac will contain content captured in the past month.

♥ ON TOPIC: Reverse shooting on iPhone, or how to shoot video “backwards”.

How to Transfer and View Live Photos on Android or Windows

Unfortunately, Live Photo is only available on iPhone, iPad and Mac. On all other systems – Windows, Android, etc. – you will see only a regular static photo instead of a “live” one.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: Android, iPhone, live, Mac, photo, transfer, windows

Swim Out game review for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

05/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Swim Out by Lozange Lab is a clever puzzle game featuring a swimmer in a blue cap trying to swim in a pool full of obstacles.

Download Swim Out for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV (App Store)

In order for the swimmer to swim in the desired direction, just slide your finger across the screen. However, keep in mind that every time you move, the rest of the swimmers move as well. After the character collides with other swimmers, the game ends and you have to start the level over.

Swim Out game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

The pool and around it are full of different characters, and each has its own scheme of movement. Your task is to predict who will go where and to avoid collisions. With each new level, it becomes more and more difficult to do this.

Swim Out game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

New characters appear, moving along different trajectories, but fortunately, you have inflatable balls and lifebuoys at your disposal with which you can distract them for a while. You will have to dodge obsessive divers and escape the waves, crabs, jellyfish and even kayakers who, by some miracle, find themselves in the pool.

Swim Out game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

New obstacles appear on a regular basis, keeping players interested in the game and fueling the excitement. There are over one hundred levels in Swim Out, each of which is beautifully designed and gives the real feeling of a summer day by the pool. The splash of water relaxes and soothes the nerves. A nice bonus – you can turn your smartphone to portrait mode and play with one hand.

Swim Out game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

The disadvantages of the game include the lack of a “cancel” button. That is, if you have played almost to the end and made a mistake, the level will start over, and nothing can be done about it. In some levels, you have to swim too many pools, and starting over every time can get bored.

Swim Out game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

If you love puzzles, then Swim Out will definitely appeal to you. The game is addictive, intuitive and fun. It is especially pleasant to play it in autumn and winter, when summer is still far away.

Swim Out game for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV

The game is compatible with iPhone, iPad and iPod touch running iOS 10.0 or later. You can also play Swim Out on Apple TV. There is a localization into Russian. The cost of the game in the App Store is 279 rubles.

Download Swim Out for iPhone, iPad and Apple TV (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: apple, game, iPad, iPhone, review, Swim

10 popular phones that came before the iPhone

04/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

It’s hard to believe – but not so long ago (some twelve years ago) the iPhone … just didn’t exist! There were other cell phones, and people still dreamed of better ones. What devices did people like in the early to mid-2000s and were you lucky enough to own one of them?

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 extreme Instagram selfies (photos and videos) in places where it’s easy to lose your life.

T-Mobile SideKick 3 (2006)

T-Mobile SideKick3 Phone

In those days, Nokia and Sony Ericsson ruled the show in Europe. In the USA, as you know, everything is in its own way – so the popular smartphone here was different. The keypad phone of T-Mobile was in the pocket of almost every “advanced” teenager. Thanks to SideKick 3, people fell in love with communicating through text messages – and then companies like Skype, WhatsApp and Viber have gone up to it.

BlackBerry Pearl 8100 (2006)

BlackBerry Pearl 8100 phone

Yes, yes, where is without the “blackberry”. In the mid-2000s, keyboards Blackberry was not just a brand – it was a religion, and this phone was one of its most popular “priests”. Canadians from Research in Motion enjoyed fabulous profits and did not suspect that a terrible thing would happen in just a year – the first iPhone would see the light.

♥ ON TOPIC: There are 16 circles in this picture, can you see them?

Motorola Q (2005, Windows Mobile)

Motorola Q phone

Microsoft once had a more popular system than its current Windows Phone. Windows Mobile was like a traditional desktop Windows – and people loved it. The Motorola Q was one of the best Redmond products around the 2000s.

Nokia N95 (2006)

Nokia N95 Phone

… But Nokia, of course, dominated the smartphone market at that time. The mobile division of the Finnish company (now bought by Microsoft) has been releasing one super-gadget after another. Nokia N95 had a fantastic camera, and the platform Symbian was capable of much. The 95th is an obvious hit that can still be found in thrift shops today.

Nokia 6300 (2007)

Nokia 6300 phone

The model was intended for the mass market. But “mass” at Nokia did not mean “bad” – the phone looked great, the keyboard was comfortable … All this could be bought for $ 250, so many dreamed of owning a Nokia 6300.

Sony Ericsson K750 (2005)

SonyEricsson R750 phone

This phone was already priced at $ 700. For this money, the Sony Ericsson K750 offered fantastic camera developments. Many people today consider this device to be the best in the entire era of Japanese-Swedish cooperation.

Motorola RAZR V3 (2004)

Motorola RAZR V3 phone

If the iPhone is a symbol of the success of modern smartphones, then in the “dark ages” before it, this gadget was undoubtedly the most stylish and functional “in one bottle”. The flagship of 2004 has appeared in films more than once or twice – for example, in The Devil Wears Prada with Meryl Streep.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZsRxJaa4ZpM

Nokia 3310 (2000)

Nokia 3310 phone

Talking about popular phones in the “pre-iPhone” era is unthinkable without this blue “brick”. Thanks to its durability, unpretentiousness and the installed game “Snake” the device has become a legend, and Nokia made good money on it – according to official statistics, 125 million 33xx devices were sold in the whole history.

♥ ON TOPIC: 9 iPhone 2G prototypes that could be Apple’s first smartphone.

Sony Ericsson P910 (2004)

Sony Ericsson P910i phone

Modern phablets have taken over some of the functions of the old “communicators”: like their predecessors, they offer “everything at once” (as much as possible for a mobile device). The Sony Ericsson P910 was just such a device with its “giant” screen at that time and top-end filling.

Nokia E51

Nokia E51 phone

Nokia E-series smartphones were a special class of devices. Finnish engineers worked according to a simple rule: a businessman doesn’t need a cool camera. All he really needs is style and design, which he is not ashamed to show his colleagues. Nokia E51 was just such a device: slim, stylish and high-profile. And just a good phone.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, phones, popular

Call forwarding on iPhone – how to enable?

04/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

A modern mobile phone has a number of functions to handle calls. One of the most popular among them is the forwarding of incoming calls to an alternative number. About, how to enable call forwarding on iPhone we will explain below.

♥ ON TOPIC: Contact photo when calling in full iPhone screen – how to do?

The standard functionality of any iPhone operating in the GSM network (for CDMA models, the function is due to the presence of the corresponding operator’s service), allows you to set unconditional forwarding of all incoming calls. That is, absolutely all calls to this number will be redirected automatically.

How can this come in handy? For example, when you need to take an important call to another number, if the iPhone battery is low, or there is a need for business communication from your personal phone.

♥ ON TOPIC: What happens to calls and SMS when you’re in Do Not Disturb mode on your iPhone or iPad.

How to enable call forwarding on iPhone

It is quite easy to enable incoming call forwarding on iPhone – you just need to go to the menu Settings → Telephone, activate the switch “Call forwarding “ in the appropriate section and indicate the number to which calls should be forwarded.

How to enable call forwarding on iPhone

How to enable call forwarding on iPhone

After you enable call forwarding, an icon appears in iPhone Control Center.

How to enable call forwarding on iPhone

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: call, enable, forwarding, iPhone

Tiny Bubbles game is an amazing puzzle game for iPhone and iPad that surpasses all expectations

04/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Vibrant atmospheric puzzle games for iOS are by no means unique. The App Store assortment includes thousands of such games. If you close your eyes and randomly poke at the list, you will most likely end up on the puzzle. However, among the huge variety, sometimes there are pleasant surprises, the Tiny Bubbles project (in Russian – Bubbles) is one of them.

Download Tiny Bubbles for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

In Tiny Bubbles, you need to combine together all bubbles of the same color. The peculiarity of the game lies in the use of interesting physics, while it works according to all the familiar scheme. Bubble combining is the main task that combines many well-known mechanics and game elements. You can pop, inflate, tear the edges to mix colors, or match bubbles of the same color. All bubbles obey the real laws of physics and it is really very interesting to observe how they decrease in size or join into one chain.

Tiny Bubbles game - amazing puzzle game for iPhone

In total, the game offers 170 levels, each of which requires a new approach and strategy. The difficulty of the game will increase with the new passed level. There are three game modes available: “puzzle”, “arcade” and “infinity”.

Tiny Bubbles game - amazing puzzle game for iPhone

The graphics are perfectly complemented by a relaxing soundtrack that is almost perfect for the sounds of bursting bubbles. What makes Tiny Bubbles really interesting is its mechanics, which change throughout all seven of its sections. You will not only have to perform basic actions, but also deal with shadow bubbles, mix colors, reduce bubbles to certain sizes, or just pop them all.

Tiny Bubbles game - amazing puzzle game for iPhone

Over time, the game begins to repeat itself, but this is only noticeable if you play without stopping. If Tiny Bubbles had a more substantial competitive component (for example, timed tasks or puzzles that bring a large number of points), the project would only benefit, but the developers did a good job without it.

Tiny Bubbles game - amazing puzzle game for iPhone

Tiny Bubbles is not a long game. It will take only a few hours to complete. If you wish, after passing the required levels, you can select the “infinity” mode and play as much as you like.

Tiny Bubbles game - amazing puzzle game for iPhone

The Tiny Bubbles project has won so many awards for a reason. It’s a fun, smart, relaxing, yet challenging game and, importantly, accessible to everyone. Tiny Bubbles is equally easy to play for both novice and experienced players, regardless of the device used and the time spent.

The Tiny Bubbles game application is available in the App Store at a price of 379 rubles. To download it, you need an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch with iOS 8 or higher. There is a localization into Russian. There are no ads or in-game purchases.

Download Tiny Bubbles for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: amazing, bubbles, expectations, game, iPad, iPhone, puzzle, surpasses, Tiny

Screen rotation does not work on an iPhone, how to turn it on?

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

In this article, we will tell you how to control (disable or enable) screen rotation in different versions of the iPhone while holding the smartphone in landscape orientation and for what reasons this function may not work.

It should be noted right away that, first of all, support for screen rotation in the iPhone should be implemented by the software developer. That is, not every game or application allows you to use your smartphone in landscape orientation.

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Apple Smartphone Owner Should Know

How to disable / enable screen rotation on iPhone

By default, screen rotation in iOS is enabled on all iPhones. The most commonplace way to enable the orientation change lock is the option located in the Control Center. When pressed, the screen will always remain in portrait orientation.

In enlarged Plus versions of older iPhones, in addition to changing the orientation of the application screen, there is also the ability to rotate the iOS desktop (this does not work in Max versions of the iPhone).

Why screen rotation does not work in iPhone (all iPhone models)

The main reason the iPhone screen refuses to work in landscape orientation is because you accidentally pressed the lock switch in Control Center.

Open Control Center and disable Orientation Lock.

Why screen rotation does not work in iPhone (all iPhone models)

An active orientation lock in iPhones equipped with a Touch ID button will be indicated by the corresponding icon in the menu bar.

How to enable screen lock on iPhone

Unfortunately, this icon is not included in the menu bar on iPhones equipped with the Face ID facial recognition scanner.

Why screen rotation does not work in iPhone (all iPhone models)

♥ ON TOPIC: Reverse shooting on iPhone, or how to shoot video “backwards”.

Why iOS desktop rotation doesn’t work on Plus-versions of iPhone

If you suddenly notice that the rotation of the iOS desktop has stopped working in Plus-versions of the iPhone (this does not apply to Max-iPhone models), then the problem probably lies in the mode of displaying icons on the springboard (home screen).

Rotate Lock

Follow the path: Settings -> Display and brightness -> View…

How to disable / enable screen rotation on iPhone

In addition to Standard display of iOS interface elements is and Increased… In the mode Increased all interface elements, including icons on the springboard, will be slightly larger, and the display rotation feature on the desktop will be disabled. At the same time, in all applications, everything will rotate normally.

How to disable / enable screen rotation on iPhone

In order to reactivate desktop rotation, go to the tab Standard and press Install… The installation process will take a few seconds.

Rotate Lock

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, rotation, screen, Turn, work

Why aren’t notifications coming to iPhone?

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Unfortunately, the transition to new versions of iOS can be accompanied by problems with the already established work of useful applications. For example, some iOS 15 users unexpectedly find that notifications on their iPhone have stopped arriving. Most likely, the reason lies in the change of the mode carried out by Apple. “Do not disturb” and replacing it with the “Focus” function. However, there are other reasons that affect the display of messages.

♥ ON TOPIC: What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in an iPhone camera, whether to enable it, and how it affects photo quality.

Of course, the problem lies only in reconfiguring the device. In this article, we are going to walk you through the step-by-step steps for returning notifications to iPhone.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to return incoming calls to iPhone full screen like before.

I don’t receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

Check your notification settings in iOS Settings

1. Open the app “Settings”…

2. Scroll to the options for the application you want and go to the menu Notifications…

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

3. Make sure the switch is Allowing notifications set to position Included…

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

♥ ON TOPIC: IPhone capabilities when used at night or in the dark.

Check notification options in app settings

In some applications, for example, Instagram, Telegram, Viber, WhatsApp, etc. you have your own notification settings, check them.

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

♥ ON TOPIC: Smiley, where is the clock on the iPhone: how to add it and what does it mean?

Disable Focus

1. Follow the path Settings → Focusing…

2. If the mode “Focusing“Is enabled, disable it.

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

The fact is that in some modes the display of notifications is prohibited, as is the receipt of unwanted calls. You can either disable this mode, or change its settings, if you find that the receipt of notifications has stopped. But disable “Focusing” you can also in “Control Center”…

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

♥ ON TOPIC: Answers to popular questions about iPhone battery life.

Adjust Focus

Many users have set themselves to automatically turn on the “Sleep” mode (or any other) so that no one will disturb them during their rest. However, the default settings of this mode are not suitable for everyone – all notifications are blocked in general. Therefore, you will have to manually allow calls and applications.

1. Go to the menu Settings → Focusing…

2. Select the enabled (used) mode.

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

3. Configure the behavior of Contacts, Applications and Schedules in it (in detail).

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

♥ ON TOPIC: How to create an open calendar on iPhone or Mac (good for business).

Disable Focus On All Devices

The very idea of ​​”Focus” is to bring all your devices and systems together. For example, activating Sleep on a Mac or Apple Watch will trigger the same activation on an iPhone or iPad. For the display of notifications to work, you need to disable Focus accounting on all your devices, i.e. disable communication between your devices in Focus mode.

1. Go to the menu Settings → Focusing…

2. Set the switch “Accounting on all devices” into position Turned off…

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad.

Turn off the summary of notifications

IOS 15 introduces an addition to the notification function in the form Notification summaries (in detail). This allows you to show notifications on a schedule. If you stop receiving notifications, then try disabling this feature.

1. Go to the menu Settings → Notifications → Scheduled Delivery…

2. Set the switch “Scheduled delivery“ into position Turned off…

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

I don't receive notifications on iPhone, how to fix it?

♥ ON TOPIC: Power saving mode on iPhone: what is it for and how to enable it: 4 ways.

Install updates for the application in which notifications have disappeared

It may happen that the application has stopped sending you notifications due to the outdated version of its version and incorrect work with the current iOS. Check the App Store for updates for the application, install them if possible.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to create location-based reminders on iPhone.

Restart iPhone

And of course, do not forget to restart your iPhone occasionally (at least once a month). In this article, we have explained how to reboot iPhone in three ways.

♥ ON TOPIC: List of recognized songs in Shazam embedded on iPhone: how to view.

Conclusion

There may be other reasons that may interfere with the operation of notifications. Their incorrect display can be the result of poor Internet access or errors in the work of the parent application itself. Check your network access or wait for the application to work again.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: arent, coming, iPhone, notifications

How to make Live Photos from videos on iPhone and iPad?

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

From time to time, I back up my accumulated photos and videos from iPhone to Mac to create archives. Once, I decided to try to reproduce the long exposure effect on old Live Photos of Georgian waterfalls, the originals of which had long been removed from the iPhone.

♥ ON TOPIC: 20 iPhone Camera Functions Every Smartphone Owner Should Know

Unfortunately, at that moment I did not know how to transfer Live Photos to Mac correctly, and therefore instead of “live photos” on my computer I found only ordinary videos in mov format.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

After transferring these videos back to the iPhone, the Photos application, naturally, did not recognize the former Live Photos in them – they were already just videos to which it was impossible to apply standard “live photo” effects.

In search of a solution, I came across a simple free IntoLive app that amazingly repaired all my broken Live Photos.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take a photo with a trail effect (long exposure) on an iPhone: 2 ways.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

1. Download the free IntoLive app from the App Store (link).

2. Launch the app and select the video you want to make Live Photos from.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Note: As you know, the timing of “live photos” from Apple cannot exceed 3 seconds, but you can choose a video of any length. In the program itself, the video can be trimmed. If you use a long video, then the application will create Live Photos from the first three seconds of it.

3. In the next step, you can slightly edit the result. Use cropping, color correction, rotation, etc. Click the button Do in the upper right corner.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

4. In the context menu that appears, click No repetitions…

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

Wait a few seconds for the video to process, and then at the bottom of the app, click on Save Live Photos…

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

That’s all, this is how you created based on your video “Live photos”…

Received Live Photos will be saved to Album Photo Live Photos in the Photos app on iPhone.

How to make Live Photos from video on iPhone and iPad

If you know an easier way to create Life Photos from video, please share in the comments.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, live, photos, videos

How to Take Group Photos on iPhone – Tips from the Pros

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

A collective photo often has a rather important function – to capture a certain occasion or event in which friends, colleagues, relatives have gathered, and this picture can remain for them a source of pride and memories for many years. Therefore, in such cases, it is not enough just to stand nearby, hold hands and press a button.

You don’t have to hire a professional photographer with expensive equipment to take a good group photo. For ordinary cases, any modern smartphone equipped with a good camera, a little diligence and at least minimal knowledge that you will learn from this material will do just fine.

♥ ON TOPIC: IPhone Retouching: The Best iOS Photo Retouching Apps.

1. Think over the composition

You’ve probably noticed that most group photos are not posted on social networks by everyone present. Someone frankly did not work out, someone can hardly be seen in the background, and someone’s face was completely obscured by the hand of a neighbor. To avoid this, you need to think over the composition in advance and do not hesitate to arrange people according to your own idea, and not the way they want it.

In this case, it is necessary to take several (or preferably a dozen or two) photos in order to subsequently choose a really successful one. Yes, a somewhat prolonged filming process will inevitably cause dissatisfaction among some of those present, but the result is worth it.

♥ ON TOPIC: Continuous shooting on iPhone and iPad: how to take 10 frames per second and choose the best image.

2. Pick a background

How to take group photos on iPhone

A common mistake found in many amateur photographs is the background, which “eats” part of the viewer’s attention. That is, an inexperienced photographer chooses a complex architectural ensemble or, for example, a beautiful landscape with a lot of detail as a place, while the main subject of the composition should be people.

The background for a collective photo should be somewhat monotonous and even boring, if this is a room, then they are usually filmed just by the walls, on the street the sky, lawn, field, pond, snow-covered mountain, etc. will become an ideal background.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to Take Cool Black and White Photos on iPhone: Tips and Best Apps.

3. Add volume

How to take group photos on iPhone

A classic group photo with people lined up (or several) has very little to do with a good shot. Such a composition rarely looks natural and hardly able to attract attention to itself. If you are not photographing footballers before a match or soldiers before swearing in, then it is better to broaden the perspective by placing people closer and further away from the photographer, while not creating large gaps between them in the horizontal projection.

In addition, you can use surrounding objects, for example, an open gate or a door in the background can further deepen the shot. Thus, you will achieve the volumetric composition.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take photos correctly: 12 simple tips for those looking to improve the quality of their photos.

4. More dynamics and less space

How to take group photos on iPhone

In most cases, it’s best to have the people in the photo hugging, holding hands, and creating as little white space as possible. At the same time, professional photographers often ask models to communicate with each other during shooting to create an atmosphere of ease and naturalness.

How to take group photos on iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: Color Accent: How to change individual colors in a photo to black and white on iPhone and iPad.

5. Seize the moment

How to take group photos on iPhone

Shoot on a count of three, as is usually done, but start shooting from a count of one, you are more likely to catch more natural faces and smiles before everyone tries to portray what they think is the most photogenic facial expression. Many successful collective photos are the result of the manifestation of imagination, for example, group photos in a jump are quite popular nowadays.

Jumping group photo

♥ ON TOPIC: Photoscan from Google for iPhone, or how to post old paper photos without glare on Instagram.

6. Use devices

Of course, it is very difficult to take a good group photo handheld, so it will not be superfluous to have a tripod with you. For example, for such (and many other) purposes, you can purchase a portable folding monopod tripod, which is useful for every iPhone lover and will not make a big hole in the budget (buy).

Tripod

Another very popular and inexpensive option is a spider tripod (octopus), which can be mounted on literally anything. Such an accessory is worth a mere penny, but it can come in handy at any time (buy).

How to Take Group Photos on iPhone - Tips from the Pros

Naturally, the photographer also wants to be present in the frame and for this you can use a delay, but making a high-quality picture in this way is quite difficult. It would be much better to get hold of an inexpensive remote control, which will also allow you to take remote selfies (buy).

bluetooth remote button

Additional optics will help to make the group photo original. For example, a wide-angle lens or a fish eye. For those who like to shoot on an iPhone (or other smartphone), a set of lenses from Apexel “6-in-1” in a neat compact pencil case (buy) will be a great help.

Detachable lens for iPhone

♥ ON TOPIC: How to look good in any photo: 5 simple tips.

7. Apply software

How to take group photos on iPhone

In the App Store, you can find a huge number of programs that will allow you to take a high-quality collective photo and improve it in the post-processing process. For example, Apple recommends using the Smile feature of the app Camera + 2, which releases the shutter only at the moment when everyone in the frame is smiling.

Applications can be used to adjust contrast, brightness and saturation, and apply a variety of filters. VSCO, Adobe lightroom cc or Darkroom…

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: group, iPhone, photos, Pros, tips

Eight Note is a screaming game for iPhone (video)

03/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

If you are an avid Flappy Bird fan, you will definitely love the voice control version of the game. Scream Go Hero has already conquered the hearts of users in Asia, where it is not uncommon to find people on the streets and in public places, literally screaming at their phones and laptops.

The plot of the game is very simple – the character must jump from block to block, while trying not to fall. However, the most interesting thing is that the hero is controlled with the help of a voice, and not just a voice, but by changing its volume. A quiet whisper allows the character to move very slowly, while a loud scream allows the character to jump long distances.

Eight Note is an iOS game that requires you to shout on your iPhone (video)

♥ ON TOPIC: Yanni or Lorl? It’s incredible, but people hear this word differently. What do you hear?

I must say, watching the players, whispering something quietly, then shouting at the top of their lungs, is very interesting.

The game has two modes – endless and phased. According to some reports, the developer of Scream Go Hero is a Japanese studio. However, according to the description of the app in the App Store, it is of Chinese origin.

♥ ON TOPIC: 100 best games for iPhone and iPad according to Yablyk.com.

Scream Go Hero has already gone viral, thanks in large part to its immersive videos showcasing the gameplay. Despite the fact that the players speak Chinese, their vivid emotions are understandable to every inhabitant of the globe.

“I laughed to death while playing this game,” one of the users of the Chinese social network Weibo shares his impressions.

“I wanted to spit blood from this game,” another player supports.

To complete Scream Go Hero, many users use improvised tools and toys:

If you want to stretch your throat and scream from the heart, Scream Go Hero can be downloaded from the App Store.

Download Scream Go Hero for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: game, iPhone, note, screaming, video

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in an iPhone camera, should it be turned on, and how does it affect photo quality

02/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Smart HDR is, as the name suggests, similar to normal HDR, but smarter. This feature first appeared on the iPhone XS, iPhone XS Max, and iPhone XR in 2018. It takes full advantage of all camera sensors, the power of the A12 Bionic neural chip, the capabilities of machine learning, artificial intelligence, computer vision and the latest advances in mobile photography. Thanks to Smart HDR, all iPhone users can easily capture pictures with sufficient light and high dynamic range.

♥ ON TOPIC: Which Smartphone Has the Best Camera in 2022 – Top 10.

The user is not required to delve into fine-tuning – just press the shutter button, and the iPhone will do the rest. But behind such a simple feature lies sophisticated technology that takes full advantage of Apple-designed processors and graphics chips. This hardware is optimized to interact with the camera software, allowing you to take beautiful pictures effortlessly.

Previous iPhones already had regular HDR and Auto HDR features, but Smart HDR debuted on the iPhone XS / XR series.

apple iphone hdr

Smart HDR delivers better color quality and more highlights and shadows in your photos

On older models, the function will not work due to the lack of the required fast sensors, shutter lag and other new improvements. Auto HDR is mainly used by users to capture a moment in time with more detail and take sharper, more realistic shots.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with an iPhone: 2 Ways.

What is HDR

This abbreviation itself literally stands for High Dynamic Range. This is the name given to a digital photography technique that allows you to take great pictures in scenes with high contrast levels. HDR allows you to compose the tones of several similar images to expand the dynamic range beyond the built-in capabilities of the capture device. This feature works best when photographing a shaded subject against a bright background.

What is HDR

Only HDR makes such shots possible: excellent detail in low light, no overly bright sky on the right side of the shot

On traditional DSLR cameras, you have to choose between too bright a background or a shaded subject. HDR, on the other hand, allows you to accurately display both. With this feature enabled, iOS quickly takes three consecutive shots, each with a different exposure level. One is at normal level, one is for the brightest part of the scene, and one is for the darkest part of the scene. The best parts of each exposure are combined into one HDR frame. HDR is especially useful in challenging lighting conditions such as harsh, bright backlights.

What is HDR

♥ ON TOPIC: Focus exposure in iPhone Camera: adjust and lock.

The images below clearly show how the HDR function works.

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in iPhone Camera

In the first (left) image, the exposure has been balanced to best represent the sky. Because of this, the object turned out to be too dark. In the second photo, the shutter speed was balanced for the best shot of the subject in the foreground. This made the sky overexposed or just too bright. HDR blended all three frames to enhance detail and present them in bright and midtones.

As you can see, HDR took the best parts of the overexposed and underexposed shots and combined them with the third shot taken at normal exposure. This made it possible to obtain a detailed photograph (located on the right) with high contrast.

The sophisticated displays of Apple gadgets are capable of displaying a wide color gamut. The cameras of these devices also know how to create it. They allow you to increase the dynamic range of HDR images by 60%.

♥ ON TOPIC: 30 most famous fake photos you could believe in

Auto HDR on iPhone X, iPhone 8 and 8 Plus

On iPhone X, iPhone 8, and 8 Plus and newer, this feature is enabled by default in iOS. The latest models of smartphones from Apple actively use HDR not only in the main camera unit, but also on the front one, when the device considers it possible to improve the photo. But this behavior of the iPhone can be turned off. The Auto HDR switch can be set to inactive in the camera settings (app Settings → Camera) in the HDR section.

Auto HDR on iPhone X, iPhone 8 and 8 Plus

It has already been mentioned that devices such as iPhone XR, iPhone XS / XS Max, iPhone 11, iPhone 11 Pro, iPhone SE 2, iPhone 12, iPhone 12 mini, iPhone 12 Pro / 12 Pro Max, iPhone 13, iPhone 13 mini The iPhone 13 Pro / 13 Pro Max has improved camera sensors and chips to deliver improved HDR. Based on these benefits, Apple has created an even more advanced version of Auto HDR. It is not for nothing that it got the name Smart HDR.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to remove red eyes from photos on iPhone or iPad without additional applications.

Smart HDR on iPhone XR, iPhone XS / XS Max, iPhone 11, iPhone 11 Pro, iPhone SE 2, iPhone 12, iPhone 12 mini, iPhone 12 Pro / 12 Pro Max, iPhone 13, iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro / 13 Pro Max

Smart HDR is activated by default whenever needed to improve image quality based on shooting conditions. Unlike previous HDR modes, this smart one works with a wider range of scene types. Some of them could not use traditional HDR: Portrait and Portrait Lighting modes, panoramic and burst shots, live photos and other similar real-life scenarios.

All HDR images taken with iPhone X (iPhone 8/8 Plus) or later are marked with a distinctive HDR icon in the very corner. On the iPhone XS, and newer models, Smart HDR is involved in almost all photographs, but the icon at the bottom of the photos appears only if it is significantly processed.

Below is an example with two different Apple devices to showcase Smart HDR image enhancement with faster sensors, better chips, and improved processing algorithms for newer devices.

Auto HDR VS Smart HDR

Left: Auto HDR on iPhone X; Right: Smart HDR on the iPhone XS. Notice the overexposed clown in the Auto HDR photo.

♥ ON TOPIC: All button functions of the original headphones included with the iPhone.

The difference is obvious. The image on the iPhone X is clearly disrupted in tricky lighting, but the image on the iPhone XS looks much better. This happened precisely due to Smart HDR. Notice the ability to read the Shelton Theater on the back of the clown’s mouth. However, you can also turn off Smart HDR in the camera settings, so as not to use this function every time you press the shutter button in the Camera application. To manually control HDR, do the following:

On iPhone iPhone XR, XS / XS Max, 11, 11 Pro, SE 2, 12, 12 mini, 12 Pro / 12 Pro Max, iPhone 13, iPhone 13 mini, iPhone 13 Pro / 13 Pro Max, turn off Smart HDR along the way: Camera → Settings…

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in iPhone Camera

On iPhone X / 8/8 Plus, turn off Auto HDR along the way: Camera → Settings…

Auto HDR on iPhone X, iPhone 8 and 8 Plus

On previous models, turn off HDR along the way: Camera → Settings…

On all iPhone models that support HDR, this feature can be controlled directly in the Camera app without going to Settings. To do this, in the top panel, you just need to click on the HDR icon and select the mode On or Off…

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in iPhone Camera

Note: On iPhone XS and later, when Smart HDR is enabled, the HDR switch will not be on the camera itself.

What is HDR, Auto HDR and Smart HDR in iPhone Camera

All iPhones prior to the iPhone 8 always save a normal exposure image in the Photos app along with its HDR counterpart. This is because the technology has not yet been fully developed, and the photographs were not always perfect. Of course, storing two versions of a photo at once, normal and HDR, doubles the amount of storage required for each shot.

If the issue with the availability of free space is relevant, then you can save only the version with HDR, abandoning the source. To do this, you need to go to Camera → Settings and enable the parameter “Leave original”… And the latest iPhones with advanced chips and sensors, such as the iPhone XS and above, by default do not save the image at normal exposure along with the HDR version of the image.

In fact, this is the main thing to know about HDR on the iPhone.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: affect, auto, camera, HDR, iPhone, photo, quality, smart, turned

How to take pictures from top to bottom on iPhone

02/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

A lot of potentially good shots were ruined just because the photographer was looking at the subject from above, could not align the image, and as a result, the photo turned out to be “skewed”. Let’s solve this problem once and for all! And it is not a cool “tripod” that will help us with this, but a little-known camera setting in iOS.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically improve photo quality on iPhone and iPad…

How to turn on the display of the level on iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

1. Open the app Settings on iPhone.

2. Find (in the list or through the search) the section Camera…

3. Activate the switch opposite the inscription Net…

How to turn on the display of the level on iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

Now, every time you turn on the camera and hold the smartphone in a horizontal position, a special grid-level will be displayed on the screen.

4. Exit the application Settings and run Camera…

5. Select the mode Slowly, Photo, Portrait or square…

6. Point your iPhone down at what you will be filming. A grid and two crosshairs will appear on the screen.

7. Align the crosshairs – and get a perfectly straight shot.

How to turn on the display of the level on iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

8. Take a photo.

Done – you have a perfectly symmetrical photo!

But still, if you need to make a high-quality copy of a document lying on the table, iOS has a special built-in scanner (in detail).

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: bottom, iPhone, pictures, top

What QR codes the iPhone camera recognizes: 10 use cases

02/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Starting with iOS 11, iPhones and iPads received QR code scanner support in the Camera app. Perhaps the functionality will not seem so important to some, nevertheless, you can find many useful ways of using it.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to enable the one-handed keyboard on iPhone for typing on the go.

Note: If scanning QR codes does not work in iPhone camera, check if the switch is activated Scan QR codes in the application Settings In chapter Camera…

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

HomeKit

Typically, when connecting HomeKit accessories, you will need to read small coded stickers on compatible devices. In some cases, these codes become unavailable after connecting. To address the issue, Apple has implemented QR and NFC support for customizing HomeKit. Interestingly, the size of the code may not exceed 10 × 10 mm, but the camera still reads it.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to pass a Wi-Fi password to guests without telling it (QR code)…

The calendar

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

QR codes can be used to add events to the calendar, for example, save information by scanning the code from the brochure.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to Take a Long Exposure Photo with an iPhone: 2 Ways.

Contacts, Mail

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

By analogy with the Calendar, QR codes can be used to save contact information (when scanning a barcode, the OS will offer to save the contact information encrypted there on the device) or to send e-mail messages to specific addresses.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to turn on the timer in the iPhone or iPad camera.

Cards

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

Owners of entertainment venues, cafes, restaurants or eateries will appreciate the QR reader support in Maps. Now clients do not need to waste time entering the address, they just need to read the code.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to take and edit a screenshot on iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch?

SMS and (iMessage)

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

The iOS functionality provides for the ability to send messages after scanning the QR code, which can be useful if the user wants to subscribe to an SMS or send an iMessage.

♥ ON TOPIC: Which smartphone has the best camera in 2021 – Top 10.

Wi-Fi connection

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

One of the most common ways to use QR codes is to connect to a Wi-Fi network. In catering establishments, the QR code can be positioned on the counter so that visitors can connect to the Internet without interference. Note that starting with iOS 11, iPhones and iPads received a new feature that allows you to send Wi-Fi passwords to neighboring devices.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

Telephone

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

Owners of smartphones and tablets based on iOS no longer need to dial the number manually, thanks to the support for reading QR codes, the operating system can do it itself.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to add a voice notification when iPhone or iPad is charging.

Site addresses

What QR codes can the iPhone camera read?

When scanning a code containing a website URL, iOS will prompt you to open it in Safari.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to teach iPhone to automatically turn on Power Saving Mode.

Callback URLs

A significant number of iOS apps support the Callback URLs feature, allowing users and third-party programs to create custom URLs for specific application areas. Using this function, you can scan the QR code and go to a specific action in the application, for example, open a specific user’s Twitter page.

♥ ON TOPIC: Tap on iPhone Cover – Take a screenshot: How to bind actions to tap on the back of an iPhone.

How to create your own QR code

There are a huge number of services for generating QR codes, but not all of them are compatible with iOS 11 and newer. Of those that work with this version of the OS, QRStuff.com is a good choice.

iOS is capable of recognizing QR codes not only through the camera. When you save the code to the iPhone, the system will recognize the content and suggest appropriate actions.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: camera, cases, codes, iPhone, recognizes

Incoming calls on iPhone in full screen: how to make?

02/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

With the release of iOS 14, a lot of interesting features have appeared on the iPhone and iPad. One of them can be considered as compact banners of incoming calls. If an incoming phone call goes through on an unlocked phone, the notification about this will not expand to the full screen.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to automatically change wallpaper on iPhone or iPad based on time, place, etc.

The compact dialer allows you to continue using the device, ignoring the call: not rejecting it, but also not answering it. Conveniently? Yes, but not for all users. It’s hard for someone to hit the right button, and the banner can be accidentally swiped up, thereby dropping an important call. In addition, many users are accustomed to seeing a full-screen photo on the incoming call screen.

Fortunately, Apple has taken care of those users for whom a miniature banner does not suit – you can return the old interface.

♥ ON TOPIC: IPhone geolocation settings: what do they affect and which ones can be turned off to conserve battery power?

How to return incoming calls to iPhone in full screen

This is a very simple operation. Go to the app “Settings»Smartphone and follow the path: Telephone → Incoming calls…

Muting or rejecting calls with iPhone's compact call interface

You will see two options for displaying information about calls: Banner and In full screen… Obviously, you need to activate the second option.

Muting or rejecting calls with iPhone's compact call interface

After that, incoming calls will be displayed in full screen even on an unlocked device.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: calls, Full, incoming, iPhone, screen

How to take photos with the Rule of Thirds on iPhone

01/01/2022 by

[ad_1]

Professionals and amateur photographers are familiar with the so-called “rule of thirds”. This rule of thumb for frame composition is a simplified version of the golden ratio and allows you to create emotionally intense photographs. As a rule, the objects that you want to draw the viewer’s attention to should be located along the horizontal and vertical lines dividing the frame in thirds, or at their intersection.

♥ ON TOPIC: Mistakes of novice photographers, or how to take pictures correctly.

In order to simplify the task for the photographer, the iPhone has a special grid that divides the frame into thirds with horizontal and vertical lines. Just go to “Settings” and in the section “Camera” move the slider opposite the option “Net”…

How to turn on the display of the level on iPhone when taking a photo from top to bottom

Now, when you take pictures with your iPhone, a grid will appear on the screen, dividing the screen into nine rectangles. It will look something like this:

The

The grid is useful for shooting a wide variety of subjects. Below we will show you how to use it for landscape photography.

When shooting landscapes, it is important to correctly position the horizon line. According to the “rule of thirds”, the horizon should be located along the bottom or top line, but never in the middle. Think carefully about what should take up more space in your picture, the earth or the sky. If you want to emphasize the ground (trees, buildings, etc.), place the horizon along the top line, the fir trees in the sky along the bottom.

In this photo, the main object is the Mercedes-Benz Stadium building. As you can see, most of the roof runs along the top horizontal line.

The

If you want to emphasize the sky instead of the building, place the horizon line at the bottom of the frame. Typically, this kind of composition is used for shooting a sunset. In contrast to the previous photo, in the picture below, the horizon is located along the lower horizontal line.

The

As you can judge for yourself, everything is very simple. The Rule of Thirds is easy to use, but remember that photography is an art and should not be guided by dry rules alone. Different situations require different compositions.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPhone, photos, Rule, Thirds

Simon is the world’s first smartphone, which appeared 15 years before the iPhone (video)

31/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

The term “smartphone” first appeared in 1995, but not many people know that in fact the first “smart” phone debuted three years earlier – in 1992. A device from IBM dubbed Simon Personal Communicatorwas developed 15 years before the first iPhone.

♥ ON TOPIC: Sounds when you turn on your computer and printer 20 years ago. Remember?

IBM Simon was the first gadget to combine the functionality of a cell phone and a PDA (Personal Digital Assistant). According to Byte Magazine, its cost was then $ 899 (in modern dollars – $ 1,435). A service contract was offered with the device.

Nevertheless, in terms of its technical characteristics, Simon was far ahead of its contemporaries. The smartphone was equipped with a monochrome LCD touchscreen measuring 4.5 “x 1.4”. A stylus was supplied with it.

simon's first smartphone

Besides making calls, the owners Simon could send and receive e-mails, faxes, and pager messages. Among other things, the phone contained a set of built-in functions, including a notebook, an address book that looked like a folder, a calendar, a world clock, and the ability to schedule meetings.

♥ ON TOPIC: First iPhone advertisement. 2007 year.

The gadget also provided the ability to use third-party applications, but for this the user had to free up the appropriate amount of internal space or purchase a special card that was inserted into the device.

Simon is the world's first smartphone, which appeared 15 years before the iPhone (video)

Although the world’s first smartphone never managed to reach the level of sales of iPhone or Android-based devices, according to Bloomberg Businessweek, IBM still managed to sell about 50 thousand copies of the gadget.

You can learn more about how the world’s first smartphone works in the Simon Personal Communicator overview below.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: appeared, iPhone, Simon, smartphone, video, worlds, years

How to identify silicone breasts using an iPhone

31/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

In the 21st century, a group of professionals consisting of a plastic surgeon, stylist and make-up artist can turn almost any biological raw material into a pretty girl, which forces males to carefully look at individual parts of the body of their chosen ones.

♥ ON TOPIC: Don’t Look for the Perfect Partner, or 7 Signs of a Strong Relationship You Don’t Need to End.

However, it is rather difficult to determine the artificial origin of this or that “element” with the naked eye. Especially when it comes to one of the most popular “fakes” – an increase in the mammary glands. With the light hand of Pamela Anderson, in the 90s, operations on the introduction of silicone implants became incredibly popular, and society was divided into two halves – some paid tribute to the aesthetic appearance, others advocated natural beauty.

Indeed, artificial breasts have a number of disadvantages, one of which was demonstrated by the Thai model Wychuda Cheichom. A well-performed operation to enlarge the mammary glands practically leaves no marks on the woman’s body, but this does not mean at all that the deception will not be detected. It is enough to illuminate the chest with a smartphone flashlight and it will shine like a neon sign, which, according to Cheichom herself, sometimes scares her quite a lot. By the way, the published video with this experiment has collected millions of views, which means that in the near future many men will be surprised.

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: breasts, identify, iPhone, silicone

How to shoot video backwards on iPhone and iPad

31/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

There is no good reason to save videos backwards other than self-indulgence. But tell me what makes our life more diverse, if not little pranks. A video recording with a cat playing or a eating (drinking) person on the reverse can cheer up even the most gloomy workaholic, a cute animal with its awkward movements, even in slow motion, will irreversibly cause a smile. The best iOS apps for shooting backward video are listed below.

♥ ON TOPIC: How to crop or crop videos on iPhone and iPad without third-party apps.

All of the applications below allow you to turn back time, well, at least only a segment of time captured on video. The interface of all applications is intuitive and easy to use. Almost every development is available for free, which allows you to test the application without having to “buy a pig in a poke”. And after testing, if you wish, you can purchase (but there are also completely free) and the full pro version (without ads or reduced functionality), which is available using an in-app purchase or as a separate application.

♥ ON TOPIC: Slow motion video on iPhone: how to shoot and adjust the quality, which iPhones are supported.

How to Shoot Reverse-Front Video on iPhone

The algorithm of actions for all applications is identical. Let’s look at an example of using the Reverse Video application (link at the end of the article). The app is completely free and does not contain any in-app purchases.

one… On the start page, you are asked to select a finished video from the Media Library (Photo applications) or shoot a new one with the Camera.

How to shoot video backwards on iPhone and iPad

2… Next, you need to select (or shoot) the video, if you want to use only a part of the video (crop the video) and confirm the choice.

How to shoot video backwards on iPhone and iPad

3… Usually, at the next stage, many applications allow you to increase or decrease (slow down) the playback speed of the resulting video. Varying video speeds can make a video look more tragic or more comedic.

The application reverses not only the video, but also the audio track, which allows you to make even more fun videos.

In the application Reverse Video the work on changing the speed and editing the sound is not provided, so the resulting video will be immediately displayed on the screen back to front. It can be viewed or saved (Save button) in the Photos application.

How to shoot video backwards on iPhone and iPad

4… If you need to remove the sound on the reverse video, then open it in the Photos application and press the button Edit in the upper right corner.

How to shoot video backwards on iPhone and iPad

5. Click on the button with the loudspeaker icon in the upper left corner to mute the sound.

How to shoot video backwards on iPhone and iPad

Download Reverse Video for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

Other applications that allow you to shoot back to front

Reverse Video

Video reverse

Reverse Video: Reverse Movie Maker

ReverseVid

See also:

[ad_2]

Filed Under: Uncategorized Tagged With: iPad, iPhone, shoot, video

The effect of old film strip (vintage) on video in iPhone or iPad

31/12/2021 by

[ad_1]

In 2017, it is not at all necessary to purchase and use vintage equipment and additional equipment to create a video with vintage effects. Also, there is no need to waste your time processing the finished video in editors. Today, to create videos in a retro style, it is enough just to have an iPhone or iPad with the 8mm Vintage Camera application installed on the gadget.

Download 8mm Vintage Camera for iPhone and iPad (App Store)

This program is endowed with several filters and virtual lenses that allow you to shoot video that visually imitates the style of cinematic works of different eras: from the 20s to the 80s. There are a number of other effects that can be applied to make your videos unique. Filters are used directly during video recording, in real time, so you can view the final result of applying effects immediately after shooting.

♥ ON TOPIC:

8mm Vintage Camera, or How to Make a Film Effect

There are eight virtual lenses in total: Super 8, 16mm, Clear, Flickering Frame, Color Fringing, Classic, Spotlight and Light Leak …

All of them can be changed while recording. There are a few more interesting effects that simulate real 8mm projectors. And thanks to the small built-in audio library, it will be possible to choose the appropriate soundtrack for the video.

8mm Vintage Camera, or How to Make a Film Effect

The developers have added support for 1080p video to their product. Recorded and processed with 8mm Vintage Camera, videos can be published on YouTube, added to your library or sent to friends by email with one click.

Examples of using the 8mm Vintage Camera app: